and
* 5,000 cocoa-nut seedlings are to be supplied in the Western District
* at the beginning of the next rainy season
6. To obtain results that will at all affect the welfare of the settle-
ment it is necessary at first to take up two or three of the most suitable
promis re i
ameliorate local conditions, as well as give rise eventually to an export
trade. In addition to fresh nuts, for: which there is a steady demand
both | in Europe and in the United States, there would eventually arise
a demand for oil and copra as also for coir fibre, similar to what was
lately sent to this country from Lagos. The best or “ oo € fibre
. sells at 307. per ton, while “ mat ” fibre sells at about 107. pe .
.... 7. If the cocoa-nut palm thrives at all at the Gambia and ‘yields only
‘Moderate crops it is evident that no plant can be more suitable for
permanent cultivation. Its natural home is on sandy sca-shores
— to the full influence of the sea, and if there is water in the sub-«
soil it can bear certain periods of drought : with impunity. —
151
8. It is gratifying to find that the Ceara rubber plants (Aot
Glaziovii) sent from Kew in 18£4 have found a congenial home at the
Gambia. The climate of their natural habitat is described ^ d
* arid for a considerable part of the year." Hence they would appear
to be well suited to the circumstances depeche by Mr. Carter. 1t is
well, however, to remember that the Ceara rubber trees will not repay
such regular cultural attention as may be given to cocoa-uut palms, It
would be prudent in the first instance to establish the trees as economi-
cally as possible by *dibbliug " germinated seeds over a large extent
of country and tr eat the plants on the principles of forestry rather than
pe e
upon the prosperity of the Gambia it is necessary to take up other
cultures than cocoa-nuts and Ceara rubber. Amongst the plants yielding
n immediate return it might be desirable x revive on a large scale the
cultivation of maize or Indian corn. At one time it is understood this
was mets at the Gambia, before ‘the cultivation of the ground-nut
became the dominant culture, and it was said to be exported to the
rox y and Cape Verde Islands.
The suggestion is thrown out for what it is worth, but Mr.
ss might make inquiries pun the Consuls and ot thers Pes
there is still a market in these islands for Indian corn. If there is, it
would require little effort on his part to persuade the people to take up
the cultivation. Maize, it must be remembered, is an article in general
demand in most temperate countries, and, depending upon the cost of
production, it might be found advantageous to export it also to this
em! or the continent.
11. It has been found necessary in small and comparatively isolated
communities like the Gambia to prepare the way and procure infor-
mation respecting suitable markets before recommending the general
cultivation of Ple lants. The soil that suits the ground-nut is likely
also to suit Indian corn, and the treatment of the plants is oy similar.
So that, if the pr paints of suitable markets are encouraging, the Govern-
ment might introduce good strains seed from me: erode and
distribute such seed in localities suitable d its cultur
ood specimens of cotto e been S fr om W est
varieties of the cotton plant. Where labour is cheap the cultivation of
the cotton plant ssesses numerous advantages, and especially where
the industry is already more or less familiar to the people. Coffee is
also grown to some extent inland, and this again might be encouraged
by friendly intercourse with the chiefs and. the ig of a consistent
ford of encouragement to all agricultural purs
Mr. Carter might be glad to peruse the movi correspondence
which has recently taken place respecting the cultivation of fibre plants
at the Bahamas. Some portion of this appears in the Kew Bulletin for
— required by species of Agave and Furcrea may |
uitable to some parts of West Africa, and for the produce there is a
isy and almost unlimited demand both here and in the United States.
152
. It is not intended here to do more, however, than indicate a ded
ii aiies which might be experimentally tried at the Gam is
entirely dependent on the individuality of the Administrator that it is
almost inevitable that they should be of a oe character. It is no
wonder, therefore, that the und gained at one time is more or less
lost at another. It would appear, however, 1 cha: en this settlement at the
prom ral industri
that would eventually accrue would aera im fax oun affect ‘the
general pos sid of the settlement.
15 resent Mr. Carter deserves every encouragement in his work,
and bue by his own personal efforts or by means of the agency of a
ey, a start is made in the restoration of
industrial prosperity at the Gambia, Mr. Thiselton Dyer will be happy,
as far as Kew is concerned, to extend his warmest sympathy and support
to all such efforts.
2
o
a
A:
E
=]
©
5
i
ik
2
©
Iam, &c.
(Signed) D. Morris.
Sir Robert G. W. Herbert, K.C.B.
[All Rights Reserved.]
ROYAL GARDENS, KEW.
BULLETIN
MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION.
No. 31.] JULY. [1889.
GUIDE TO THE BOTANICAL LITERATURE OF THE
BRITISH EMPIRE.
The primary object of this compilation is to supply useful information
on the literature of the systematic, economie, and geogr aphical botan
of the Possessions, Dependencies, and Protectorates of. the A
€ Kew is often called upon to answer questions, on the shorte
notice, concerning the vegetation of some remote part of the world, id
the best books to consult on. the subject. Such questions are not always
easily answered, and they frequently entail a eonsiderable expenditure of
time; hence the idea of preparing a concise guide. A complete biblio-
graphy was not wanted, for it would only perplex most persons in search
of the latest or aes exposition of the botany of any given part of the
Empire. As in most cases where a eei has to be made, it is
probable bates some é boo ks aud memoirs have been omitted that possess
claims and merits equal = some of those included. This may be due
either to inadvertence, or, what is e probable in the Seer of
instances, to the ‘seule de limiting 1 the selection.
ON DON
PRINTED FOR ae Pecge gonial did STATIONERY OFFICE,
AND SPO
PRINTERS TO THE QUEEN’S MOST NIONLLENT MAJESTY.
And to be purchased, either directly or through any Bookseller, from
EYRE AND» SPOTTISWOODE, East HARDING STREET, FLEET STREET, E.C.: or
HODGES, FIGGIS, & Co., 104, GRAFTON STREET, DUBLIN,
1889.
Price Twopence.
154
Bentham and Hooker’s * Genera Plantarum” ‘and the Indian and
various Colonial * Floras" have influenced the EAR of elementary
works, yet several others are equally as good, and might answer the
purpose just as we
Relatively more space has been devoted to remote islands and little
known regions, because the ipsia accounts of their vegetation are
often in serials only met with in large libraries.
Persons wishing for further information have only to consult the
works cited, where they will usually find jefe to all the books
Taking British India as an example, it would have
of the officers of the Indian and Colonial Forest Dep ts h not
been included, though they often contain valuable m tter, and s , a8
well as the consular reports, be searched by persons in quest of infor-
mation on the vegetable produetions of a country.
The Handbooks of the various Colonies prepared for the Indian and
Colonial Exhibition in London in 1886 bear v contain useful information
on the vegetable products,
CONTENTS.
Page.
1. Elementary, Apes and other ee ofa geo — - 155
2. Great Brita rela: 156
3. Channel Islands per Mediterranean > - : - - 5.156
4. Continental Africa - - - E - 158
5. So iit Islands - 159
6. Ascension, St. Helena, Tristan da Taka Falklands, and ‘South Georgi - - 160
7. Aden oan Perim, and other islands of the Red Sea and Arabian
Coast 162
8. "RR, Rodrigues Seychelles, Amsterdam, and other Islands of the
cean 163
$. British I India, exclusive of Islands 166
10. Ceylon, I , Maldives, Andaman 5; Mictini Straits Settlements,
: Keeling e Christmas — British North Borneo, ere
and Port cem 169
11. Australia, Tas a, New Zeeland, New Guinea, and Norfolk Island,
and = ‘smaller neighbouring islands 172
12. Polynesi: - - =~ 179
13. The Danii ob eanie and Ne wivendias 181
14. mp iere British West — UM Bermudas, British Guiana, and | British
184
155
l. ELEMENTARY, INTRODUCTORY, AND OTHER PUB-
rures $4 A GENERAL CHARACTER.
Hooker. P. J. D. Icones Plantarum, vols. i.—xix., ear
1854 ; resumed in 1807 a still memes 8vo, tt. 1900.
Bentham, G. Outlines of Elementary Botany. London, 1861. 8vo.
p. 40. This i is prefixed to all the Colonial Floras
Lyell, K. M. (Mrs). A Geographical acto of all the known
Ferns. London, 1870. 8vo. . 225.
Bentham, G., and eel J.D. Genera Plantarum. London, 1862-
1883. Three vols. 8vo.
Baker, J. G. On the Geographical Distribution of Ferns: “'Transac-
tions of the Linnean Society, xxvi., 1868, pp. 305-352.
ull tabulation and discussion of the distribution of the species
known up to date.
Grisebach, A. H. R. Vegetation der Erde. Leipzig, 1872. Two vols.
EU (The second edition (1884) is practically no more than a reprint.)
ooker, W. J. Ba Baker, J. G. Synopsis Filieum. 2nd edition,
1874. pp. 559, t
Tc s aeaee À $ he La Végétation du Glob ar A. H. R4
Grisebach, ouvrage traduit de l'Allemand, avec * des annotations du
traducteur. Paris, 1875-78. ‘Two vols. 8vo.
Le Maout, E. and Decaisne, J. A General System of Botany, De-
seriptive and Analytical. Mere from the French by Mrs. Hooker,
with additions by Dr. J. D. Hooker. ee er 4to. pp. 1,066,
with 5,500 figures by L. Steinheil and A. Rioer
Dyer, W. T. Thiselton. Lecture on Plant pepe as a Field for
ae Research : Proceedings of the etn Geographical Society,
xxii., No. 6, 1878. Also reprint, 8vo. í
Gray, A. The «omen Textbook M edition). Part I. Struc-
tural Botany. New York and Chicago, 1
Dyer, W. T. Thiselton. The pete ti of the Empire.
London, 1880. 8vo. pp.
(A Paper read at the Royal Colonial Institute, May 11, 1880.)
Lindley, J., and Moore, Thos. The Treasury of Botany. 2 vols.,
small 8vo. Jud dim 1876.
. Admiralty Manual of Scientific Enquiry: Botany, by Sir Joseph
Hooker, pp. 418-432, edition 5, 1886.
Hemsley, W. B. Descriptive Catalogue of Marianne North's Paintings
at Kew. London, 1886, fourth edition, small 8vo. pp. xxxii and 160.
Trendell, A. J. R. Her Majesty's Colonies. London, 1886. (Colo-
nial and Indian Exhibition.) 8vo. pp. 508, with sev veral m maps.
Baker, J. G. The Fern Allies. London, 1887. 8vo.
Oliver, D. Lessons in Elementary Botany. London, 1887 edition.
Colonial Office List. Published annually. The edition for the year
1887 is the one used for the present publication.
Hemsley, W. B. — Centrali-Americana (Salvin and Godman).
Botany. Introduction. 1888. Voli, ppi -lxi. World Distribution
of Plants.
Publications. Bulletin of Miscellaneous Informstion, :
Kew
monthly. Guides to the Museums of Economic Rotany.
U 58741. 750.—6/89. Wt.l. a2
ES
156
2. GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND,
It is not intended to enter into prne of the vegetation of the
- United Kingdom, but it may be useful to eee visiting this country
to give the titles of a few of the leading botanical
Britannica; or Bri tish Plants - their Geo-
1859
Watson, H.C. Cybele
- graphical Relations. London, 1847-1 Fou
Syme, J. T. Boswell. Engli sh Botan = P aS —86, third
BP
edition. Twelve vols. large 8vo, with coloured plates of all the species.
Moore, D., and More, A. G. Contributions towards a Cybele Hiber-
nica. Dublin, 1866. Small 8vo. E
Moore, D., and More, A. G. On the Climate, e and Crops of
Ireland: " Report of the Proceedings F Ks of the Botanical
Congress, London, 1866. pp. 165-176.
Trimen, H. Botanical uen Pao of the British Counties:
Journal of Botany, 1874, pp. 66-73, Cornwall to Surrey and Kent ;
pp- 108-112, Essex to Seca ; pp- 155-168, Monmouth to Anglesea ;
pp- 178-183, Lincoln to Northumberland ; pp. 233-238, Scotland
mene C.C. Manual of British Botany, containing the E Porai
Plants Ferns, arranged E to t the Natural Orders. London,
1881, oobth edition. Smail 8
Watson, H. C. Topkapi Botany : Being local and personal
Records towards shewing the Meses lu. of British Plants. on,
~ ane second edition, edited by J. G. Baker and the Rev. W. W.
Newbould.
>g s gD Ihe sigh Flora i the British Islands. London,
1884, third edition. Smali
Fitch, W. and Smith, p G. cuu of British Plants :
Series of Wood Bogart with dissectious. London, 1886. Second
edition. 1,311 engravi
Bentham, Manithook of the British Flora: a description of the
Flowering Plants and Ferns. London, 1887. Fifth edition, by Sir
Joseph Hooker. 8vo. pp. 607.
3. CHANNEL ISLANDS AND MEDITERRANEAN.
HxLiGOLAND.—An island in the North Sea, in 7° 51’ E. long. and
54° 11’ N. lat., opposite and about twenty-five miles from the mouth of
the Elbe. Area, inclusive of = adjacent island, named * Sandy,”
about three-quarters of a square mile. The main island is a red sand-
stone cliff about 170 feet high, ind inaccessible except in one spot.
Hallier, Ernst. Die Vegetation auf Helgoland. Hamburg, 1861.
8vo. pp. 48, with four uncoloured plates.
The enumeration contains 150 species of phanerogams, about a third
of which are introduced plants. Hippophe M and Lycium
P barbarum are the only woody species found in a
_ There is = a 2" of eultivated trees and iiic useful to persons
Pain near t
JERSEY, emend eni and Sank.—' The “Channel Islands ”
are situated between 49° and 50° N. lat., and between 2° and 3? E. long.,
157
ith a maximum elevation of a little over 300 feet. J ersey, the largest,
is about eleven miles long by four and a half in breadth, and Sark is
three miles long, and a mile and a half in its greatest width. There
are several smaller islets
Babington, C. C. Primitie Flore Sarnice. London, 1839. 8vo.
pp. vy
total number of flowering plants and ferns recorded is 848 ; but
this aioe has been slightly augmented by subsequent discoveries,
recorded in various publications.
AR.—At the entrance to the Mediterranean, is about 36? N.
lat. and 5? W. long. row nearly two square miles, and (€ height
1,439 feet
elaart, F. Flora Calpensis. Contributions to the Botan
and Topography of Gibraltar. London, 1846. 8vo. pp. 220, with
several views.
Gandoger, M. Plantes de Gibraltar: Bulietin de la Société Botani-
que de France, xxxiv. (1887), pp. 223-227 and 309-313
Rouy, G. Plantes de Gibraltar et d'Algeciras: Bulletin de la
Société de France, xxxiv., 1887, pp. 434-446.
A rich and varied flora, considering the smallness of the area, in-
cluding a number of beautiful plants not known to oenar elsewhe
Kelaart enumerates Es pec of indigenous flowering plants and fer
and reproduces descriptions of new species publishe db E Boissier in his
* Voyage Botanique [a le Midi de l'Espague rues l'année 1887.” —
Gendoger's lists of plants, collected by Mr. L. Dasoi, add many new —
discoveries.
may be desirable to mention that ** Flora Calpensis " is the nom-
ne of the author of ** Reminiscences of Gibraltar," 1881.
A.—An island in the Mediterranean, about 58 miles from Sicily,
N.
and a it 180 from the nearest point of A t e capital,
is in 35? 54' N. lat 14? 31' E. lon Ar square miles.
Gozo is about 20 square miles in area, C one, and F
lying to the south-west, much s The greatest elevation is about
uc
1,200 feet, and there are T streams nor lakes, hence the indigenous
vegetation is poor and scanty.
Wic óm, J. Plante So etc.: Års- Berättelser om Botaniska
Arbeten, 1843-4, Bihang, pp. 5
Grech Delicata, J.C. Flora Melitensis, sistens Stirpes Phanerogamas.
Malin denm v dx xvi and 49.
This work contains a history of the botanical literature of the
island, Mid a list of 716 phis. amens including colonists.
Wickstróm's introduction is in Frenc
Peran records Statice petioulata; Centaur ea crassifolia, and Parie-
: populi da; as endemie in Malta, but the first has since been
found 4 in Sici
US. a dm island is situated between 34° 33’ and 35° 41’ N. lat.,
and bet week 32? 15’ and 34° 35’ E. rad ates and has an area of 3,596
square miles, the mountains rising to a height of 6,000 feet. The
climate is dry, and little of the original forest is left.
Unger, F, and Kotschy, Th. e Insel Cypern. Vienna, 1865. |
8vo. pp. 598, with map and view dice.
158
Hemsley, W. B. Gardeners’ teres E: nx ks ome d se 75, 106,
and 183. A summary of the contents of the above-named
Wild, A. E. Report on ea Forests of one 1879.
Sintenis, Paul. Cypern e Flora : CEsterreichische Botanische
zeisciri, 1881, 1882. Ki "eue sát articles eictendihg through these
two volum
Mb p Recherches Scientifiques en Orient. Paris, 1885.
Partie epe Zones of Vegetation in Cyprus, pp. Sor Nó
nger an 's enumeration contains upwards of 1,000 species
of flowering chers saluting 51 trees, 66 shrubs, and 55 undershrubs.
4. CONTINENTAL TROPICAL AFRICA.
West AFRICAN SETTLEMENTS and PmorEkoToRATES.—Mostly small
territories, alternating with French, Portuguese, and native possessions,
from the Gambia river, in about 17 W. long., to the Niger river, in
about 7° E. long.
Tur GAMBIA Serum i is in abont 13? 24' N. lat., and consists of
the Island of St. Mary (Bathurst town), British Combo , the Ceded
ile, and 1 MacCarthy s Tiat: the last is in the river, 187 miles above
thurst
SIERR à Eben extends from 8° 30’ N. lat. to the Republic of Liberia,
invite ol length of 180 miles and an area of 3,000 square miles.
includes Sherboro’ Island, Isles de Los, and the Banana, Turtle,
Leopard, Plantain, and other islets.
ee Gop Coast or ASHANTEE COLONY includes all the British terri-
es between 5° W. long. and 1° 30’ E. long., being Newtown, Axim,
reli Secondee, Elmina, Cape Coast Castle, ‘Anamaboe, Accra,
Addah, Quittah, Danes, and Afflowhoo. The len ngth of coast line is
about 350 miles, and the total area of the British Phititiraté about
35,000 square miles.
Lacos COLONY AND PROTECTORATE is situated between 2° and 6? E.
Be in ne Gulf of Guinea, and comprises the islands of Lagos and Iddo,
Mella, Badag , Palma, and Leckie, and the Kingdoms of
hin, Ogbo,
where the British Protectorate of the Niger commences. Lagos Island
has an area of three and three-quarter square miles, and the whole
Colony and Protectorate includes Ves 1,071 square m mee
Tur Nicer PROTECTORATE extends over the entire basin of the
Lower Niger river, including the ‘Benin and Cross Hv. and eastward
.to the Rio del Rey, in about t 9° E. lo ong. and up the Niger and Binué
E ima to about 10° N, lat., including a belt of 30 miles on each bank
o
. _ Palisot de Beauvois, A. M. F. J. Flore d'Oware et de Benin. Paris,
1804-1807. Two vols. folio, containing 120 coloured plates and
ive letterpress,
1824. Um i C. P. Ado tme tro Beskrivelse af Guineiske ini
trac the
skabers Selskabs S Skrifer. Muf exe HE go
159
Guillemin, A. Perrottet, S. Richard, A. Flore Senegambix
Tentamen. Paris, 1830-33. 4to, ‘vith 72 coloured plates. Ranuneu.
laceæ to Myrtacem.
Richar Tentamen Flore ME Paris, 1847-51. Two `
vols. 8vo, and a folio volume of 102 plates
Hooker, W. J. Flora Nigritana. Itin; 1849. 8vo.
Oliver, D. Flora of ID Africa. London, 1868-77. 8vo, 3 vols.
famata to Ebena
Bowdich, T. E. iia to Ashantee. London, 1819. 4to. ed. 2,
1873. Botany, by H. Tedlie, pp. 307-374 ; in ed. 2, pp. 282-286.
Moloney, A. Sketch of the Forestry of West Africa. London, 1887.
8vo. pp. 533. i
5. SOUTH AFRICA AND ISLANDS.
Under this general heading it is convenient to include the Colony of
the Cape of Good Hope, N atal, Bechuanaland, Kaffraria, and the islands
off the coast of Great Namaqualan nd.
Care Cotony.—Including the Transkei, this Colony has an area of
213,636 square miles, the most southerly point being in ne 85^
.lat. From south to north the country, broadly speaking, consists of
successively higher terraces, with very different climatie conditions.
orests exist only in the south-east. Pondoland, Basutoland, and
ri are under the peitiécloti of the Cape or the Imperial
Governm
| Menem ER 800 miles from the Cape of Good Hope, but con-
nected with the latter colony by the protected territories. ‘Situated on
the eastern side of South Africa, between 27° and 31? S. lat., and about
uth-western western boundaries.
in character, and “is different rn that on the western side of the
iones in the same-latitude.
I off the coast of Great Namaqualand, it 25° i, 28°
S. lat., Maced to the Cape Government :—Hallam's Bird, Mercury,
Ichaboe, Seal, Penguin, Halifax, Long, dece "Albatross, Pot.
Plumpudding and Roastbeef. Walvisch Bay Station is also a Cape
dependency. It is in this tution that the very singular Welwitschia
mirabilis is found.
Burchell, W. J. "Travels in the Interior of Sontharn Africa. London,
1822-24. Two vols. 4to, illustrated.
Pappe, L. Flore Capensis Medicæ. Cape Town, 1850. ed. 3,
1868. 8vo :
Pappe, L. Silva Capensis, or a Description of South African Forest-
trees and Arborescent Shrubs used for technical economical purposes.
Cape Town, 1854. 8vo. pp. 52.
Pappe, K. W. L., and Rawson, W. Synopsis Filicum Africæ Australis.
Capetown, 1858. 8vo. =
160
eg he W. H., and Sonder, 0. W. Flora Capensis, being a syste
tic Description of the Plants of the Cape esr Ld Caffraria, and Port
Natal, 1859-1862. Ranunculacee to Campanu
Harvey, W. H. Thesaurus Capensis, or "n of the South
African Flora. Dublin, 1859-1863. Two vols. 8vo, containing 200
plates and descriptive letterpress.
Baker, J. G. Descriptive Synopses of various orders of Petaloid
Monocotyledons : Journal of the Linnean. Society, vols. xi., xiii., XV.,
Harvey, W. H. The Genera of South E Plants. Cape Town,
1838. Bernd edition, 1865, edited by J. D. Hooker. 8vo. pp. 483.
= MacKen, M. J., and Gerard, W. - Synopsis Filicum Capensium.
use 1870, 8vo. pp. 2
Buchanan, J. sed list of de Veris of Natal (reprinted from
sed - Nain. Calonist. ". Natal, 1875.
B.[Lady Barkly]. Revised list of the Ferns of South Africa
ee from the “ "Cape M onthly Magazine"). Cape Town, 1875.
Heywood, A. W. Cape Woods and Forests. Official Handbook,
Indian and Colonial Exhibition, 1886. pp. Sa wea
.. Bolus, H. Sketch of the Flora of South Africa: Official DELIS
of the Cape of Good Hope, Indian and Colonial Exhibition, 1886. Ther
i z
Bolus, H. Contri einen to + Bua African Botany: Journal of the
Linnean Society, vols. xv PR: XX., XXli., xxiv., and xxv
Bolus, H. The ai T hue Peninsula : Transactions 5 the
South Africa Philosophical Soc 188 ; also issued
separately. 8vo. pp. 200, with 36 RM partly coloured.
Baker, J. G. Handbook of the Amaryilides. London, 1888. 8vo.
Wood, J. Medley. An Analytical Key to the Natural Orders and
Genera of the Natal Indigenous Plants. Durban, 1888.
6. ASCENSION, ST. HELENA, TRISTAN DA CUNHA,
.FAL KLANDS, AND SOUTH GEORGIA
SION.—AAÀ volcanic, nearly circular island, in the South Atlantio,
in in Tat tT 57’ S. and long. 14° a W. It is thirty-four square m
naturalised.
Hemsley, W. B. Botany of the * Challenger ” Expedition, Botany i.,
part 2, pp. 31-48, plates 16 and 17.
Gill Mrs. Six Months in pee aac
ELENA.—Situated in the South Atlantic, in 15° 55’ S. latitude
and 5° 42 W. longitude, and ten miles long by eight broad, rising to a
— of 2,700 feet, It is wholly — and very rugged. When first
161
discovered, it was clothed with vegetation ; but the early settlers and
goats combined destroyed it all, except in a very limited area, on the
highest part of the island, and its place is now occupied by plants of
more vigorous constitution from various countries. English oaks, Scotch
` pines, s, and gorse are now prominent in the landscape ; the last being so
abundant that many of the natives obtain their living from cutting it for
fuel. The original vegetation consisted almost entirely of endemic plants,
some of which are quite extinct, and the remainder seemed doomed to
the same fate.
Melliss, J.C. St. — a Physical . . . Description of the Island
.. . its Fauna and Flo . London 1875. Large 8vo. pp. 426,
56 gy plates.
M Report upon the present Position and Prospects of
the Agricultural Resources of the Island of St. Helena, a a map
showing the three zones of Vegetation. Colonial Office, 18
Hemsley, W. B. Botany of the “ Challenger ” ge «4 part 2,
49-122, pistos 18-22, and 4 : 4.
Melliss’s book contains coloured figures of nearly all the indigenous
owiehe one and much information concerning their habitats. Th
” Report is a complete enu umeration, $ synonymy, he of all
the indigenous plants; a few of which are described at figured for the
first time. It also deals with the question of distribu
Tristan DA Cunna.—This, together mu Toscesii and Nightin-
gale Islands and a few outlying islets, forms a group in about 37° S,
lat. and 12° W. long. ‘The principal island re an area of only ga
square miles, yet it rises to a height of 8,000 feet. Penguins abound
and the vegetation is sufficient to support a few cattle and ‘cheep kept by
the very small community of this remote speck of land,
Hemsley, W.B. Botany ot the “ Challenger " Expedition, i., part 2,
pp. 133-185, plates 25-38. 1884.
The two most prominent plants in the vegetation, PAylica nitida, a
small tree, and Rites acne a stout reed, are equally so in the
distant Amsterdam
Diego Alvarez, or Gough Island, in about 40° 30' S. lat. and 10° W.
long., has not been borariloalty explore ; but a Tristan settler, who had
lived for months in the island, assured Professor Mose ey, that the same
onang plants, including the Ph ylica, grow there as in Tristan da
Cun
fei AND IsLANps.—Situated zi the South Atlantic, between 51°
and 53° S. lat., and between 57° and 62° W. long. East Falkland has
an area of 3 3,000 square miles, and West Falkland of 2,300 square miles;
sud the rest of the ge about a hundred in number, bave an area of
1,000 square miles = unt Adam, the NE ground in the
to 65? in summer. ‘There are no trees, but the prs vegetation is
said to present a great variety of sweet-scented flov
Hooker, J. D. Flora Antarctica, part 2. "riso 1547. 4to, with
numerous €
Hem W. B. Botany of the * Challenger" Expedition, i., Intro-
duction (1885), pp. 58-62.
Sir Joseph Hooker's work consists of descriptions of all the species
then known (very few have been added since), and figures of a large
162
number of them. The Botany of the ** Challenger" contains a complete
list, with full particulars of the distribution of all the species. There
are 115 species belonging to eighty-four genera, none of which is
endemic. guminose are wholly wanting, as they also are in all the
islands in high southern latitudes, eastward to Macquarie and the
Chatham group. Bolax glebaria, the Balsam-bog, and Poa flabellata,
syn. Dactylis epics the Tussock bras are two of the most —
and remarkable plants in the vegeta 'The former grows in large
rove
plant," a dwarf myrtle, bears a usd edible fruit in great abundance,
and its leaves are used asa substitute for tea. Associated with the
foregoing are a dwarf Rubus with an edible fruit, common Thrift, and a
Primrose, the only one in the southern hemisphere, and so closely allied
to the British Primula farinosa as to have been regarded a variety
of it
— GxoncrA.—An uninhabited island, a dependency of the Falk-
lands, explored and taken possession of by Captain Cook in 1775. I
Engler, A. Die Phanerogamenflora von Süd- a Jahr-
biicher, vi, 1886, pp. 281-285.
pogr iA hes B. Vegetation of South Georgia : Nature, xxxiv. (18
p. mary ‘of the foregoing, to which is added the eni
distribution p all the specie
irteen species were collected; including the Tussock grass and the
northern Phleum alpinum. None of the plants are peculiar to the
island, and most of them have a wide range in the southern hemi-
sphere ; one, ne secant extending from Fuegia to the
Australian Alp
7. ADEN, eaten Lag PERIM, AND OTHER co emos: OF
RED SEA AND ARABIAN COAST
ApEN.—On the south coast of Arabia, about 100 miles eastward of the
Strait of Babelmandeb, in 12° 47’ N. lat. Area about 70 square miles,
and rocky and barren in the extreme. It is excessively hot, and the
annual rainfall varies from six or seven inches to nothing, hence the
einai is us sparse,
Anderson, T. Florula Adenensis: Jouri of the Linnean Society,
v. (1860), Bappdidiviné pp. xxiv and 47. With six plates.
. . Marchesetti, C. Ein n Ausflug nach Aden: CEsterreichische Botan-
se eus 1881, pp. 19-23. A sketch of the aspects of the -
kn d: Herborisations dans les Montagnes Voleaniques d' Aden
Bulletin de la Société été Botanique de France, xxxii. (1885), pp. 343-
356; DEEE pp. 61-69.
163
Anderson’s * Florula” contains about 100 species of ending plants,
to which Deflers adds 70. ‘There is a considerable endemic element,
and some very singular plants, such as „the Adenium obesum,
Arabie name of which is said to be “ Aden?
Perim at the mouth of the Red Sea ; the Umshah group of cor
reefs off the coast of Abyssinia, and the fae ain rt nen
Hallaniya, off the south-east coast of Arabia, in about 57° E. long.,
under Bris ge No record of the vegetation of i] of he
has been fou
ZEILA dur Berbera, and Lasgori are British stations on the African
coast, nearly opposite
Socotra. — This island "wt DE 12? 19' and 12? 42' N. lat,
and between 53° 20' and 54° 30' E. long., being about seventy-two
miles from east to west, des s rint -two in breadth. It is very
mountainous, though the highest peaks do not much exceed 4,000 feet.
Previous to 1880 little was known of the botany, but since that date
Dr. Bayley Balfour and Dr. Schweinfurth have investigated it.
uhn, M., and Nordstedt, 0. Ueber Farne und Charen der tall
Socotra: Berichte der deutschen botanischen Gesellschaft, i. (1883),
pp. 238-242, with woodeuts.
, I. B. On the Island of Socotra: Report of the British
| eme 1881.
Balfour, I. B. The Island of Socotra and its recent Revelations: Pro-
‘ceedings of the ¢ spen rias of Great Britain, 1883.
Balfour, I. y of Socotra : Airpro of the Royal Society
of Edinburgh, arri, Teas 8, pp. lxxv and 446, tt. 100.
Dr. Balfour estimates the known seii: ‘at about 600 s species
There are many singular plants among them, such as Dendrosicyos
(an arboreous CucurLitacea), Adenium multiflorum, Dorstenia gigas,
Dracena, Aloe, Euphorbia (arboreous species), put many others.
y
8. MAURITIUS, RODRIGUES, SEYCHELLES, AMSTERDAM,
AND OTHER ISLANDS OF THE INDIAN OCEAN.
esha 19° a ° E. long., with an area of 700 square ene id an
altitude of 2 ‘900 fee t. en first settled it was covered with forest
down to the sea shore, but very little of it now remains, and introduced
plants have largely rep indigenous species
all islands to the nor rthward named Gunner' Quoin, Flat
Gabriel, Round, and Serpent, belong to Mauritius.
Baker, J. G. Flora of Mauritius and the Seychelles. London, 1877.
8vo.
de abd: of indigenous flowering plants described by Mr. Baker is
705; and the ferns and allies number 164, a higher proportion than in
almost any other part of the world. Many of the most interesting
endemic trees and shrubs, such as the is mein in am icy entirely
exterminated or are now extremely rare. Here, a: e Seychelles,
endemic species of palms and serewpines are a wt d feature in
the sce
164
Horne, J. Notes on the Flora of Flat Island. Mauritius, 1886.
Folio. pp. 4.
RopnieuEs. — Situated in 19° 41’ S. lat. and 63° 23’ E. long., and
eighteen miles long by seven miles broad. It is volcanic, and the
t altitude is a little more than a thousand feet. Formerly the
: e n
disappeared before cultivation, - now some uced plants are
commoner than the native. Mr. J. G. Baker included Rodrigues in his
Flora uritius.”
Balfour, Dr. I. B. tany of Rodrigues: Philosophical Transac-
tions of the Royal cu of London, clxvii. (1879), pp. 802-887, tt.
19-36. There is also a separately paged reprint.
Dr. Balfour collected 189 species of flowering plants which h
regarded as indigenous. ee among them are three species of
Palms.twoS i an
and athurina — M"
Turneracea, most nearly allied to the Central American Erblichia odo-
rata. A marked feature in the vegetation is the great diversity in size
and shape exhibited by the leaves of many plants at different periods of
their growth.
S ARCHIPELAGO.—A group of islands in the Indian Ocean, in
cca
long, by six miles and a wide, entirely of coral formation, and
nowhere rising more than ten feet above high tide, exceptiug in a few
places where the sand has drifted.
Hemsley, W.B. Report on the Mi of Diego Garcia: Journal
of the Linnzan Society, xxii. (1886), pp. 332-340
. This report was based on collection of lit made by Mr. A. Hume
and Mr. G. C. Bourne, F.L.S. They comprise thirty-six foweHug plants
and seven ferns, mostly of very wide distribution and none endemic.
Formerly the islands were covered with forests of Afzelia bijuga,
Terminalia Catappa, Cordia subcordata, and à few other smaller tr trees,
but there are few large trees left now. The Coconut Palm is prominent
here, as it is in most of the islands of this region.
SEYCHELLES.—A group of upwards of thirty islands, mostly very
. Small, lying between 3° to 6° S. lat t., and 900 miles north of Mauritius.
Mahé has an area of 30,000 acres, is S miles long, s i: central
mountains rise to à a height o 000 feet ext in size : Praslin,
8,000 es; Silhouette, 5,700 acres La Digue, 2.000 ‘ie and
Curieuse, 1,000 acres. The mountains of Silhouette are 2,500 feet high,
ut none of the others exceed 1, ,900 feet above sea-level. Bird, Frigate,
Dennis, North, Aride, The Sisters, ss St. Anne’s, and ‘Stag are
the names of other islands of this group.
z , J. G Flora of Mauritius and the Seychelles. London,
18
The indigenous flora of the Seychelles comprises 258 : species of flower-
ing plants and 80 ferns and ist s pogar with which is a large
number of introduced plants. Foremost in interest are the Palms, of
which there are seven or eight speci) den ing to as many different
genera, six of which are mo onotypie, and exclusively confined to these
islands. Famous among the Palms is the Coco de Mer, or Double Coconut,
The Screwpines (Pandanus) are abundant, and there are three or four
ale distinct species. One species of Pitche rplant (.Vepenthes), a
f eere and the Capucin tree are odie ——- endemic
age
MIRANTES lsLANDS.—4AÀ group of small islands a pe south-west of
the Seychelles. The principal islands are Poivre, Africa n, Eagle, Darros, -
Isle des Roches, and Boudeuse. fen little farther south, in 4r T: ^» E
lat, is Alphonse Island, and e ward, i in a ong.,
Coetivy Island; and Platte Island. is in 6° S. They produce tale
besides coconuts.
Hemsley, W. B. Botany of the “Challenger” Expedition, i., Intro-
eee pp. 16-17.
vegetation consists of a few T almost all of wide range in
ewig districts, and none of them endemic.
ALDEBRA.—A. group of coralline islands, en 30,000 acres in extent,
to the ort of Madagascar, in about 9° 30' S. lat. They are only
about 200 feet high ; the shore is fringed with mangroves, and the whole
surface covered with forest which has not been botanically investigated.
The group consists of Mg Middie, South, and Euphrates, guess ^
AssuMPTION, Astove, St. Pierre, Providence, Cerf, and Farquhar
are small islands near r Addebra; concerning i little is known, though
they are claimed as dependencies of Mauri dem Farther to the east is
Galega or Agalega, and southward, in 15? to 17^ S. lat., the Car,
'or St. Brandon group, aelading Albatross, Tromelin, and Coco fdas.
GLORIOSO GROUP, much nearer Madagascar, in about 11° 20’ S.
lat. and 47° 20’ E. long., is also regarded as British. They are Dulise, ~
Verte, and Glorieuse.
OSMOLEDO GROUP consists of North, South, Polyte, Wizard,
and Menai islands.
Hemsley, W. x Botany of the * Challenger” Expedition, i., Intro-
duction, pp. 16-
ISTERDAM il Sr. PauL Istanps.—These islands are very remote
from any other land, except Kerguelen, and that is nearly 10 degrees
distant. They are situated between 37° and 39° S. lat., and in about
77° 30' E. long., and are of volcanic origin. Amsterdam is about six
miles across, rising to a height of 2,760 feet; aa St. Paul is about a
quarter of that size, with an ‘elevation of 840 fee
Hooker, J. D. Enumeration of the Plants ‘of Amsterdam and St.
Paul Islands : Journal of the Linnean Society, xiv., p. 475.
Hemsley, W. B. Botany of the “ Challenger” Expedition, i., 2, pp.
259-281, tt. 41-45 and 52.
Altogether thirty-eight vascular plants are known to exist in these
islands, half of which are Flowering Plants and half Ferns und Lyco-
pods. There is no endemic genus, but nine of the species of Flowering
Plants have not been found elsewhere. Phylica nitida, a small tree, and
Spartina arundinacea, a reed, are the commonest plants here as well as
in the Tristan da Cunha group.
RGUELEN Istanp.—This island is claimed as a French possession in
Bayle’s “ Atlas Goloniale,” but it does not appear to have been formal ly
annexed. It is situated between 48° 39’ and 49° 44'S. lat., and in
68° 30’ to 70° 30’ E. long.
Hooker, J. D. Flora of Kerguelen Island : beue Transac-
tions of the Royal Society of London, elxviii., pp. 5-93,
MT. . B. Botany of the * Challenger ” endi. Lh
| pP. ESTE
166
Vegetation sparse and wholly herbaceous, one of the commonest
plants being the famous * Kerguelen cabbage,” Then nag antiscorbutica,
bes. ch is also found in the Crozets and in Heard Island.
9. BRITISH INDIA, EXCLUSIVE OF ISLANDS.
British Inpra.— Including Burma, this extends from a little west of
presents the greatest diversity of soil ae climate. On the north are
the highest mountains in the world, Mount Everest being a little more
than 29,000 feet, or upwards of five miles d a half high.
The following statistics of the Flowering Plants in the Flora of British
India appear in the Introduction to the Botany of Salvin and God-
ericana." s
species, 13,647. Of these, 304 genera and 9,970 : species are endemic.
The Orchidez are the most numerous in species, considerably exceeding
a thousand. Next come the Leguminose, followed by the Gramines,
_ Euphorbiac ubiaceæ, Composite, Acanthacez, Ovaries: Labiate,
Urticaceze, &c., in the sequence placed.
PUBLICATIONS RELATING TO INDIA GENERALLY.
Roxburgh, W. Flora Indica, or Descriptions of Indian Plants.
Serampore, 1832. 3 vols. 8vo. A second edition, edited by C. B.
Ciarke, Calcutta, 1874. Large 8vo, pp. 763. mg rinted literatim with
references to the volumes and pages of the orig
Wight, R. Icones Plantarum Indiæ er Madras, 1840—
1853. Six vols. 4to, 2,101 aie with descriptive letterpress.
Hooker, J. D., and Thomson, T. Flora Indica: being a systematic
account of the Plants of. Beitish India. London, 1855. Vol. i.
Ranunculaceæ to Fumariacez, with an Introductory Essay : all that has
appeared. 8vo. pp. 280 and 285, with a map. Valuable for the Essay.
oe, ARS ae L
Balfour, E. Cyclopedia of India..... Products of the
Vegetable Kingdom. Madras, 1857. 8vo.
Beddome, R. H. The Ferns of British India, being Figures and
Descriptions of Ferns from all ses of British India (exelusive of those
| m in the ** Ferns of Southern India and Ceylon). Madras, 1865-
1870. 4to. 345 plates, with descriptive letterpress.
Day, K. L. ka Indigenous Drugs of India. Calcutta, 1867. 8vo.
Watson, J. List res Indian Products (the Vegetable Products, by
a C. Doke). ` London, 1872. 4to.
Drury, H. Her Useful Plants of India. 2nd edition, London,
1873. 8vo. pp.5
Balfour, E. be Trees of India, &c. Madras, 1870, ed. 3. 8vo.
^ renis J. me ng dad British vare London, 1875-1887. 8vo.
liv, completed, vol. v. in course being issued, bri th
work down to the Orchid. E: ue e
- ; Y =
Olarke, C. B. Composite Indiew. Calcutta, 1876. 8vo.
Beddome, R. H. Supplement to the “Ferns of Southern India”
and the * Ferns of British Tndia," containing a revised list of all the — —
ne and 45 plates of previously unfigured species. Madras, 1876. —
Oliver, D. First Book of Indian Botany. London.
Gamble, J. S. A Manual of Indian Timbers. Calcutta, 1881. 8vo.
Pp: 522, with a map showing the mean annual distribution of the rain-
Beddome, R. H. Handbook to the Ferns of British India, uc
and the M alay Peninsula, Calcutta, 1883. Small 8vo. pp. 500, w
300 illustrations
King, G. The species of Ficus of the Indo-Malayan and Chinese
Countries. Annals of the Royal Botanie Garden, Calcutta, vol. i.
1886-8. 4to. pp. 185, tt. 225
A similar work, by the same kudin on the oaks of this region is in
the orn
Hemsley, W. B. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Botany, i. * Intro
duction 3 (1888), pp. xiv-xxvi. A stati €— ayes seam of the flora of
India with the floras of Australia and Mexi
NORTH-WESTERN INDIA.
Thomson, T. Western Himalaya and Tibet. London, 1852. 8vo.
pp. 501, illastrai ed.
Stewart, J. Lindsay. Punjab Plants, comprising Botanieal and
Vernacular Names and Uses of most of the 'Trees, Shrubs, and Herbs of
economical value growing within the Province. Lahore, 1869. 8vo.
pp. md
Ai a, JE. Catalogue of the Plants of the Punjab and Sindh.
or we 1869. 8vo.
. Atkinson, E. T. Economic Products of the North-western Provinces,
1876-1881.
Stewart, J. Lindsay, and Brandis, D. The Forest Flora of North-
west and Central India. London, 1874. 8vo. pp. 608.
Stewart, J. Lindsay, and Brandis, D. [Illustrations of the Forest —
Flora of North- west and ae India, drawn by W. H. Fitch.
London, 1874. 4to. 72 plate
Duthie, J. F. Illustrations et the e eo Fodder Grasses of the
Plains of North-western India. Roorkee, 1886. Folio. 40 plates.
Dr. Aitchison's reports on the TUO collections he made during
BENGAL, &c.
Hooker, J. D. Himalayan Journals. London, 1854. Two vols.
8vo, illustrated.
Hooker, J. D. Rhododendrons of Sikkim-Himalaya. London, 1849—
51. Folio. 30 coloured plates and text.
168
Clarke, H B. G tC Ben galenses Calcutta,
1874. Folio. 93 pates with Soha letterpress.
ter. RR A Statistical Account of Bengal. London, 1877.
Vol. xx. (Pp. _121-227) contains a catalogue of the Plants of
ASRS by Dr. G. King.
Clarke, C. B. On the Ferns of Northern India: Transactions of the
limao "Society, n. s. Botany, i., pp. 425—611, tt. 49-84.
Blandford, H. F. Ferns of Simla: Journal of the Asiatic Society of
Bengal, 1889, lvii., 2, pp. 294-315
Clarke, C. B. On the Plants of Kohima = Muneypore: Journal of
the Linnean Society, xxv., 1889, pp. 107, tt. 1-44.
BOMBAY.
Dalzell N. A, and Gibson, A. The Bombay Flora, or short
Descriptions of all the Indigenous Plants. Bombay, 1861. Small 8vo.
p.332. Supplement, pp. 112.
Birdwood, G. C. M. Catalogue of the Vegetable Productions of the
Presidency of Bombay. Bombay, 1865, ed. 2. 8vo
Campbell J. M. Gazetteer of the Bombay Backes Botany, vol.
xxv. Bombay, 1886.
MADRAS.
Wi R. Illustrations of Indian Plants. Madras, 1840-1850.
Two vols. 4to, 182 coloured plates and letterpres
ý . . The Ferns of Southern Ed being Desc
tions indi Plates of the Ferns of the Madras Presidency. Madras, 1863,
4to, 271 plates with descriptive letterpress.
Beddome, R. H. The Flora Sylvatica for Southern India, Madras,
1869-1874. Two vols. 4to, consisting of 330 plates and descriptive
letterpress.
Beddome, R. H. The Forester’s Manual of Botany for Southern
India. Madras, 1874. 4to. pp. 238, with 29 plates of analyses of
Genera.
Beddome, R. H. Icones Plantarum Indie a aio or Plates
and sergio of New and Rare Plants from Southern India and
Ceylon. Madras, 1874. 4to, 300 plates and descriptive letterpress.
Burma.
Kurz, S. Forest Flora of British Burma. Calcutta, 1877. Two
vols. 8vo.
Mason, F, Burma, its People and Productions, or Notes on the
Fauna, Flora, and Miner rals of Tenasserim, Pegu, and Burma. Hert-
ford, 1883. Vol. ii, Botany, by W. Theobald. 8vo. pp. 787.
[An account is in preparation of a highly interesting collection x
plants, made by General Collett, in the Shan States, Upper Burma.
will probably appear in the Journal of the Linnean Society.]
d
- 169
10. CEYLON, SUR AITS Ei MALDIVES, ANDAMANS,
NORTH BORNEO, UNE ONG: AND PORT HAMILTON.
ON. —-Situated between 6° and 10? N. lat. and 79? and 82° E
: en ut
an area of 24,702 square miles. There is a central mountain range
rising to a height of upwards of 8,000 feet. Vegetation luxuriant and
varied, and containing a large number of endemic . forms.
Ferguson, W. A descriptive list of Ceylon Timber Trees, reprinted
from Ferguson’ s Ceylon Directory for 1863, pp. 225-257.
Thwaites, G.H. K. Enumeratio Plantarum Zeylonie. London, 1864.
8vo. d 483.
Trimen, H. Systematic ufalogi of the Penre Plants and
Ferns of Ceylon. Colombo, 1885. 8vo. pp. 137.
Trimen, H. Notes on Ceylon Plants: Journal of Botany, 1885
and 1889. A series of doniis ve papers
Ceylon Vegetable Products. Fiaisdbook for Ceylon, Colonial and
Indian Exhibition, 1886.
The plants of Ceylon are also included in Hooker’s “ Flora of British
genera and 156 natural orders. The almost exclusively Asiatic order,
Dipterocarpes, i is very largely developed in the island, and nearly all of
the species are endemic. There is one species of Ne epenthes Bates
Plant), and one species of the essentially Australian genus, Stylidium
Laccapive and Matptve Istanps.—A chain of yn islands s Iyitirto
the west of India and stretching from about 13? ?S.lat. The
largest of the thirty-two islands of the former gr oup is seven miles long
and two and a half broad ; and Mali, the largest in the latter, is se
miles in circumference. There are seventeen groups of the Maldives.
The indigenous vegetation is doubtless very scanty and poor in species,
but there appears “to be no record of the plants of ves deii here
are a few plants from the Laccadives in the Kew Her
ANDAMAN and NICOBAR IsrANDs.—A chain of inis A the
coast of Martaban, in the Indian Ocean, between 7° and 14° N. lat., and
92? to 94? E. long. The principal islands, esci egi fria bordi to
south, are North Andaman, Middle Andima and South Andaman
(which are only separated by narrow channels), Little Andaman, Kar
Nicobar, Kamorta, Katchal, Little Nicobar, and Great Nicobar. Amo
the smaller ones are: Great Cocos, Little Cocos; Landfall, Interview,
Sound, Barren, Chatham, North Sentinel, South Sentinel, Cinque,
Passage, Sisters, Brothers, Batti Malve, Tillandyong, Chowrey, Bom-
poka, Teressa, Trinkut, and Meroe. These islands, which nowhere
attain a sufficient elevation to aifect materi ally the character of the vege-
tation, have only been very partially explored botanically.
Kurz, S. Report on the Vegetation of the ‘Lites Islands. Cal-
cutta, 1870. Folio. 75.
Kurz, S. Descriptions of New Plants from the Nicobar m Anda-
man Islands: Journal of Botany, 1875, pp. 321—333, tt. 169-1
urz, S. A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar cnt: 3 ournal
of die. Asiatic Society of Bengal, xlv. (1876), 2, pp. 105-164, tt. 12-13.
U. 58741, B
170
Kurz collected 596 species of flowering plants in = m -
of which he regarded as indigenous, an are described as n
Straits SETTLEM ine Ue this denomination are Mee the
Island of Penang, the Province of Wellesley on the mainland opposite,
uA Dindings and Perak, Malacca, Singapore, and the Keeling or Cocos
slands.
Although these vH ci were more or less explored by the early Indian
botanists, ‘there een no separate publication on their vegetable pro-
ts ;
urma.’ also gives a list of the plants of Singepene? in the Report,
cited above, on ree vegetation of the Andaman Isl
PENANG, or Prince of Wales Isl and, is about me square miles in
on the mainland opposite, is about 45 miles i in length, by eight to ten in
Sead 8 y €i
Matra is situated on the mainland between Penang and pane c
It isin abont $ 2° 10’ N. lat. and 102° 14’ E. long., and has an area of 659
square mil
inudon is an island about twenty-seven miles long, by fourteen
wide, Tei acing an area of 206 square miles. The surface is undulating,
and 50 ) feet above the level of the sea. Singapore town is in
r 16 N. lat. and 103? 53' E. long. ;
PERAK.— The pro ey State of Perak is situated between 3% 45' and
5° 29’ N. lat., and 100° 22’ to 101° 40’ E. long., with an estimated he
i n
SELANGOR and Suxaxr Usong are protected States met to the south
. of Perak, the former having an area of about 3,000 square miles, and the
latter about 660. There are no special reports on the vegetation.
Keetrne or Cocos Istanps.—A „group of small islands 600 miles
distant from Java, the Weng land, in about 12? S. lat. and 97^ E. long.
They contain large plantations of coconut palms, the cultivation y: which
is the only industry. "Darwin visited them in 1836, H. O.
1878, and Dr. mI in PA The largest island is about ir ciles
long and a quarter of a mile broad.
Henslow, Rev. J. S. Fio Keelingensis : ees of Natural History,
i., 1838, pp 337-347. Plants collected by Dar
Hemsley, W. B. Botany of the * Teese ia 4 part 3,
113. List of the plants collected by Darwin, with remarks on their
distribution.
For bes, H. 0. List of Plants observed in the Keeling Islands: A
Naturalist’s Wanderings in the Eastern Archipelago, 1885, pp. 42-43.
At the time Darwin visited the there were considerable woods
up y
of Cordia subcordata and Pemphis acidula, but in 1878 they had almost —
-*
171
. wholly disappeared, and the ground was occupied We coconut palms.
Darwin collected nineteen species of flowering plants, to which Forbes
added a few more herbaceous species. None of the plants are endemic ;
the two oops by Henslow as new proving to be forms of widely
dispersed specie
Dr. Guppy is e upon a much fuller account of the vegetation
than has hitherto appeared.
CHRISTMAS ĪSLAND.—A small rocky island 1,580 feet high, about 12
miles ay and T3 miles from the nearest point of Java, in about 10? 30°
S. lat. and 106" E. long. It is densely wooded, and some of the trees
are of e dimensions. ‘The flora is essentially the same as that of the
nearest Malayan islands, with a few peculiar species.
Hemsley, W. B. Report on the Vegetation of Christmas Island,
iden. Ocean: Journal of the Linnsan Society, xxv. (1889).
Lapuan.—An island on the north- west coast of Borneo, situated in
about 5° 20’ N. lat, and 115° 20’ E. long., with an area of 30 «quare
miles. Mr. James Motley made a considerable collection of plants in
the island many years ago, and they are in the Kew Herbarium, but no
list of them has been published. It is now included in the territory of
British North Borneo.
British NogrH Bornko or SaBan.—This comprises an area of
3l, s T ing eos 4° and 7° 30’ N. lat., and about
115° 8’ to 119° 16’ E. long. The country is densely clothed with v
are and there is much valuable times] though botanically it is little
kno
ii F. A. W. Flora Indiæ Batavæ. Amsterdam, 1855. 3 vols.
8vo.
Beccari, O. Malesia: Raccolta di Osservazioni Botaniche intorno
alle Piante dell’ Are raspy. sc Indo-Malese e Papuano. Genoa, 1877 to
1887. 4to. 3 vols., illustra
Burbidge, F. W. The eae of the Sun, or a Naturalist’s Journal
on the mountains and in the forests and swamps of Borneo. London,
8 8vo. pp. 364, illustrated. Vom aaa interesting matter
relating to the vegetation of North Bor
Alcock, Rutherford. Handbook of nid North Borneo, Indian
and Colonial Exhibition, 1886.
Baker, J.G. The Ferns Hag Borneo: Journal of the Linnwan
Society, xxii. ., pp. 222-232
Among the larger talline 2 ad territory are Labuan, Balamban angan,
Banguez, Jambongon, Timbu Mata, Sebattik, East Noenoekan, Kali
Babang, "Gaya (East), Tambisan, Mallawalle, Gaya (West), and Shoal.
HowckowNG.—Situated at the mouth of the Canton is Mr
between 22° 1’ and 22° 9' N. lat., and between 114° 5' and 114° 18' E.
long. It is very irregular in outline and surface, and has an area de a
little more than 29 square miles, and a maximum elevation of between
1,700 and 1,800 feet. The opposite peninsula of Kowloon forms a part
of the same colony. The deep narrow ravines of Hongkong spass a
rich and extremely varied Mr ey ad ue many of the genera and specie
have hitherto not been found elsewhe
Bentham, G. Flora eae ie London, 1861. 8vo. pp. 482,
with a map of the island,
B2
172
Hance, H. Flore Hongkongensis Supplementum : Journal of
the Linnwan ein xiii. (1873), pp. 95-144.
Ford, C. List of Additions to i sree Flora: Report to His
Excellency the Gk wie Appendix, pp. 2
Forbes, F. B. and Hemsley, W. B. Index Flore Sinensis : Journal of
the Linnean Society, = 3i Y 'ag6- 1888, and xxvi. . 1889, not yet com-.
pleted.
Bentham enumerates a thousand species belonging to 550 genera and
125 atura orders; and the proportion of w pees to herbaceous species
- isas l to 21. Out of the thousand species, had not, at that date,
been found elsewhere, and although recent ien: in various parts
of the mainland have revealed the existence of some of them in other
localities, the majority are still only known to inhabit Hongkong.
early 200 species have been added to the flora since the publication of
Bentham's book.
Porr HawrrTOoN.—- A small island off the south coast of Corea, in 34°
N. lat. and about 127° 3s = long. Charles Wilford ee a small us
leetion of dried plants in the island in 1859, and they are included i
the ** Index Flo senta " eited above. "The British poseen
has recently fedi Y withdrawn from the island.
11. AUSTRALIA, TASMANIA, NEW ZEALAND, NEW
GUINEA, AND NORFC OLK ISLAND, WITH THE
SMALLER NEIGHBOURING ISLANDS.
AUusTRALIA.—Excluding ‘Tasmania, — stretehes through about
twenty- ning degrees of latitude, from 10° S. lat., and from about 115°
to 1 3. long., with an area of 2989, sza square nia Seis rather
more than two-thirds the size of Euro There are few large rivers,
and an immense tract of the interior is adit absolute desert; while the
mountains, the highest of which are in the east and south-east, nowhere
. rise above 6, 500 feet
Mueller, F. Fragmenta We is decer sender Melbourne, 1858-
1881. Eleven vols. 8vo, some of them rated.
Bentham, G., a Mueller, F. Fike POSES London, 1863-
78. Seven vols.
Mueller, F. hie to Botanic Teachings at the Schools of
Victoria. Melbourne, 1877.
Mueller, F. Eucalyptographia. A descriptive Atlas of the
-Eucalypts [Gum-trees] of Australia and the adjacent renes Mel-
bourne, 1879-84. 4to. 100 plates, with descriptive letterpre
Bailey, F. M. ‘The Fern World of Australia. Brisbane, 1881. 8vo.
pp. 105.
Fitzgerald, R. D. "ences Orchids. Sydney, 1882-1888. Folio,
two vols., the second not yet completed. Elaborate illustrations. °
Mueller, F. Iconography P Australian species of Acacia dea
cognate iem Melbourne, 1887-8. 4to, 130 plates.
Mueller, Illustrations of Myoporineous Plants, felton,
1886. 4to. E plates
$ xc 07
Mu eller, F. Systematic Census of PEEL Plante. Melbourne,
1882-9. 4to. pp. 152, with four supplem
M .J. H. The useful Native Plants z desinis and Tasmania,
1889. Svo. pp. 696.
The recorded betel & Plants and Ferns of the whole of Australia
number about 8,900 species, of which upwards of 7,600 are peculiar to
the country. They belong” to 1,394 genera and 149 natural orders.
Small, hard leaves and brilliantly coloured flowers abound. Specially
characteristic of this Flora are the capsular Myrtaces (including the
Gum-trees— Eucalyptus), Leguminose (incl uding the phyllodineous
posses a ee reais soba Myoporine, and Grass trees—
anthorrh
New Sours Watrs.—On the eastern side of Australia, ex tending
from about 29? to 37° S. lat., and westward to the 141st meridian of
E. long., the area ed estimated at 310,700 square miles. The Murra
river on the south forms the boundary of Victoria. Mount Sea View,
at the junction of mé Tiverpont and New England ranges of hills,
reaches a height of 6,000 feet.
Moore, C. Woods of New South Wales. Sydney, 1871. 8vo.
Woolls, W. Plants z iram in the neighbourhood of Sydney.
Sydney, 1880. Svo. p. 6
Lorp Howe’s ISLAND bos t 300 nee east of Port Macquarie,
N. S. Wales, in 159° E. long. and 32° It is seven miles in length,
of nearly 3,000 feet. Of volcanic origin, with an | ext fertile
soil, and everywhere covered with a dense vegetatio
oore, C. Sketch of the Vegetation of Lo a dod Island: A
report to the Governor of New South bed fol., pp. 4,
The flora of this island is brac € h N. S. Wales in Bentham’s
eue E 3
ES Sabes
Island, though € Scho s Araucaria iind the order Coniferz are wholly
nting. Palms conspicuous, consisting of three endemic species,
namely, Kentia Belmorea ana, bns Canterburyana, and Clinostigma
Mooreanum. The onest t s are Hibiscus Patersonii, Myoporum
~ acuminatum, and Dehresiá elliptica. Caps Iyrtaceæ are represented
by one species each of Melaleuca and (— and Epacridee by
one Dracophyllum. Proteacer are wholly wanting, and Leguminose
nearly so; among the few of ees order is one species of the otherwise
Batts Pyramip is a small JB between Norfolk [sland and Lord
Howe's Island.
UEENSLAND.—This Colony occupies the iere of north-eastern
Australia, from Cape York to Point Danger, the northern boundary of
New South Wales, and it extends westward to 1 138° ] E. long. ‘The total
area is estimated at 668,497 square miles ; and it is about 1,300 miles
from north to south and 900 miles in its greatest breadth.
Bailey, F. M. Handbook of the Ferns of EN. Brisbane,
1874. Small 8vo. pp. 72, and 22 pages of figu
Bailey, F. M. lllustrated Monograph of the E. of Queensland.
Brisbane, 1878. 1 vol. folio.
Bailey, os M. and Tenison-Woods, J. E. A Census of the Flora
of Brisban : Pro ceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales,
iv. (1880), pp. 117-204. Orders, 123; genera, 633 ; species, 1,228.
174
Bailey, F. M. A Synopsis of er bec Flora, containing both
Phenogamous and Cryptogamou ts. Brisbane, 1883. 8vo.
Supplement 1, 1886; 2, 1888.
Bailey, F.M. The Flora of Queensland : : Sketch. London, 1886
(Colonial and Indian Exhibition). 8vo. pp.1
SovrH AvsTRALIA.— This Colony stretches " across the continent «s
Australia, between 129? to 138? E. long. in the northern part, and 129^ t
eR in the southern part of its area, ihe whole of which is coated at
000 square miles; and it is nearly 1,900 miles from north to south.
But most of the works relating to the botany, &c. (including Bentham's
“Flora Australiensis’ A only with the original area from the 26th
parallel of S. lat. southw
Schomburgk, R. The pem of ge Australia. Ty the Hand-
book of South ‘eae Adelaide, 1875. 8vo. pp. 64.
Tepper, 0. gretai &xd Distribution of the Native
and Naturalized Plasts about Ardrossan, Yorke's Peninsula. Adelaide,
1880. 8vo
Tate Ral h. A Census of the Indigenous Flowering Plants and
Ferns of extratropical South Australia: ‘Transactions of the | Philosophical
Society of Adelaide, 1880. Reprint, 8vo. pp. 45
Brown, J. E. Forest Flora of South Australia. Adelaide, 1882-9.
Large folio, miele Statens not yet completed.
Kanearoo Isranp.—Situated at the entrance to St. Vincent Gulf,
South Australia. About 90 miles in length, runni ng east and west,
and 25 miles in its greatest breadth, with an area of 1 ,500 square miles,
The surface is undulating, but the elevation nowhere exceeds 1,000 feet.
Tate, R. The B of Kangaroo Island: Transactions of the
Royal Society of South Australia, 1883. Reprint, small 8vo. pp. 56,
with ma
Tate enumerates 414 species of vascular plants belonging to 230 genera
and 69 natural orders. The number of peculiar r species is small, and
many ibd Australian and Tasmanian plants here find their eastern and
ts respectively.
crm — The smallest of the Australian Colonies, yet nearly
equalling Great Britain in area. Its greatest length is about 490 miles,
and its greatest breadth 300 miles, and it abuts on New So ud Wales to
the north and South Australia to the west, The “ yo are the highest
mountains in Australia, reaching very nearly 6,500 feet
Mueller, F. The Plants Indigenous to the Colony of Victoria.
Lithograms. Melbourne, 1864-65. 4 71 and 18 supplement
plates. The descriptive letterpress of this ‘work has only been published
as far as the end of the Thalamiflorz.
The tallest Gum-trees, and the tallest trees in the world, are found in
some of the gullies of Victoria. Several trees have VIE dones that
were more than 400 feet high, and the highest was 471 f
WESTERN AusrRALIA.— This includes the vm ot y fu
westward of the 129th taeda of E. lon area of
. 1,060,000 square miles, though only a comparatively ‘iat Vórtieff of it
is settled, and immense ee have ees been explored. In Bentham's
-
175
Drummond, J. egetation of West Australia. Hooker’s Vourtal: ~
Botany, ii. COM pos 343-372; iv. (1842), pp.
London Journal of Botany, i. (1842), pp. 86-97, 215-217, 397-398,
626-635 ; ii. (1843), p». 167-183; iii. (1844), pp. 263-266, 300-314.
Hookers Kew Journal of Botany, i. (1849), pp. 247-251, 374-377 ;
ii. (1850), pp. 30-32; iv. (1852), pp. 181—189; v. (1853), pp. 115-122,
189—145, 157-183, 312-315, 944—347, 398 -406.
Mueller, F. A Catalogue of Plants collected during Mr. Alexander
Forest’s Geographi cal Exploration of North-west Australia
Mueller, F. Forest Resources of Western Biitiin London,
1879. 4to. pp. 30, tt. 20.
Mueller, F. The Plants ee around Sharks Bay and its
vicinity. Perth, 1883. Folio.
The Flora of Western Australia is one of the most higbly specialized
in the world. if not the most highly specialized, for out of 3,136 species
Flowering Plant qo ied. recorded in 1886, 2,680 are endemic. Many
of the species are extremely rare and local, and will doubtless disappear
altogether as aber tig exten de.
Tasmania. Situated to the South of Australia (from which it is
divided by Bass's Straits, 120 miles wide), between about 39? 40' and
43° 40' S. lat., and 143° 45' to 148° 20’ W. long., with an estimated area
of 26,172 square miles. This includes the adjacent islands, fifty-five in
num ber, which are mostly in Bass’s Straits. The largest are King,
Flinders, and Cape Barren Islands. "Tasmania, or Van Diemen's Land,
itself is undulated and well watered, many of the mountain pea
reaching an altitude of between 4 000° and 5,000 feet, and two or three
slightly exceed 5,000
Tasmania is included in Bentham’ s * Flora Australiensis.” .
Hooker, J. D. Flora Tasmaniw. London, 1855-60. "Two vols.
quarto, with 200 solaid plates
Whiting, G. gi and ftésouroos of Tasmania—Vegetable Pio-
ducts, by W. Archer. Hobart, 1862. 8vo.
Mueller, F. Contributions ig the Phytography of dsr
Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania, in several volum
a W. W. Handbook ti the Plants of Tasmania. icis 1878.
pm eller, F. Census of the Plants of Tasmania: Proceedings of
the Royal "Society of "Tocinssis 1879, Appendix, pp. 32.
Mueller, F. Vegetation of King Island: Proceedings of the Royal
Society of rami 1881, pp. 46-48.
Mueller, F. moato of the plants of Deal Island, Kent’s
group: Pr niis of the Royal Sperti of Tasmania, 1884, pp. 282-3.
The Flora of Tasmania is quite Australian in c aracter, including
the characteristic ag -trees. Mueller records 945 species of Flowering
Plants, belonging to 363 genera and Ses natural orders. In the very
different Flora of Ne ew Zealand ae mbers are nearly the same, except
of genera, of which there are only 306.
New ZEALAND.—Extends through about thirteen degrees of pex pes
from 34° to 47° 15' S., and from 166? 30' to 178° 30' E. long., a
total area is about 10, 400 square ld The mountains in the en
island, especially on the western side, reach great altitudes, Mount Cook
exceeding 12,000 feet.
oS 176
A
` Hooker, J: D: = Nove Zealandie. London, 1852-1855. 2 vols.
4to, with 130 plate
. Hooker, J. D. Rides of the New Zealand Flora. London, 1864.
8vo. pp. 798
H. E. S. E Ferns which grow in New Zealand and the Adjacent
Islands, plainly described. Auckland, N.Z., 1875.
Buchanan, J. The Indigenous Grasses of New i tak Wellington,
1880. Folio, sixty-four plates with denociptive letterpres
Buchanan, J. Manual of the Indigenous Grasses of Ys Zealand.
Wellington, ']8B80. An octavo edition of the preceding.
Petrie, D. A visit to Stewart Island, with Notes on its. Flora.
Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, xiii., 1880, pp. 323-332.
Kirk, T. On the Flowering Plants of Siora Island: Transactions
of the New Zealand Institute, xvii, 1884, pp. 213—228.
Kirk, T. On the Ferns of Stewart Isand. Loe. cit. pp. 228-334. -
The etd Flora of New Zealand. Wellington, 1889.
Kirk,
. Folio. pp. 345, tt.
. Since the pecia of the * Handbook of the New Zealand Flora"
a number of distinct new species have been discovered and described,
chiefly in the * Transaetions and Proceedings of the New Zealan id
Institute" Many very slight variations from the established species
have also been described as species.
The native vegetation is abundant and often — dece yet it is com-
posed of a comparatively small number of species ; less than a thousand
species of flowering plants being recorded. a contrast to this it may
be mentioned that the Flora of Japan (a country occupying a situation
in the nerthern hemisphere similar to that of New Zealand in the
southern) comprises considerably more genera than there are species in
New Zealand, and about three times as many species,
The forests of New Zealand consist to a great extent of various kinds
. of Beech (Fagus) and Pine (Podocarpus, Dacr ae um, &c.); and the
herbaceous aan contains a large number of ende aie ecies of
such common Euro enera as Ranunculus, Epilobium, and Veronta
Fuchsia and Calceolaria, otherwise restricted to America, are represented
by two or three species each. The Leguminose are very few and
. peeulia Various C ates a laurel, one or two Proteaces, and
Atherosperma novezelandie@ are mos the best timber trees. Many
English weeds have become very c
Ferns are very numerous and varie; ad include eight or ten arboreous
species.
KERMADEC Isranps.—A chain of widely separated islands, "RS
and 600 miles to the north-east of New Zealand, situated betw
29° and 32? S. lat., and 178° to 180° W. iong. The principal odd
Raoul, or Sunday, and Macaulay; Curtis and Esperance being
little more than rocks. Sunday Island has an estimated area of 7,260
acres, rises to a height of 1 7720 € and is clothed with forest from the
‘sea coast to the top of the mou
On the Dotan d Raoul Island: Journal of the
: Hooker, J. D.
z MM Society, i. (1857), pp. 125-129.
.F. On the Flora of the unen ters ‘Transac-
tions of the New Zealand Institute, xx., 1887, pp. 1
Hemsley, W. B. The substance of the foregoin ea a commen: |
thereon. * Nature,” xxxviii., p. 622. eme tee
The vegetation of the Kermadec Inincsls consists almost entirely of
plants common to New Zealand, though the commonest tree, Metrosi- -
deros polymorpha, which is all over Polynesia, and a palm, which is
the same as that inhabiting Norfolk Island, are not natives of New
- Zealand. Cheeseman enumerates 115 vascular plants
CHATHAM IsLANDs.—Situated about 560 miles east of New Zealand,
between 3^ and 45? S. lat., aud 176° to 177° W. long. Chatham Island -
has an area of 305,280 acres, of which 57,800 are lakes and lagoons.
Pitt Island is 12 miles long by eight broad. The ve getation is very
similar to that of New Zealand, and a few of the same plants also occur
in Norfolk Island.
Hooker, Á i = Handbook of the New Zealand Flora. London, 1864.
8vo. pp.
Mueller, Y The Vegetation of the Chatham Islands. Melbourne,
1864. Svo. 86, with seven plates
Buchanan, J. On the Flowering Plants and the Ferns of the Chatham
Islands : Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute,
vii., 1875, pp. 333-341.
The r enumera ion conga 205 species of Flowering Plants and
n
New Zealand, leavin only E peculiar to these islands. Remarkable
among the endemic em e Olearia Traversii Senecio ene
arboreous members of the Composite, Ans 20 to 30 feet high, w
trunk sometimes as tote as two feet in diameter. Myoicdicis jen
a giant kind of Forget-me-not, is also noteworthy as an ornamen ntal
plant. There are no Myrtaceæ, and the Leguminose are only repre- .
sented by Sophora tetraptera. 'The New Zenland palm, ii PEA
sapida, syn. Areca sapida, and the New Zealand Flax, Phormiu
tenax, extend to the Chatham Islands.
ANTIPODES ÍSLAND.—A very small island in 179^ E. long. and in
pe net vá ` lat. Nothing is known of its vegetation.
n about the same longitude as the last, and in
an à 30 Ss. te iid equally unknown botanically.
AUCKLAND Istanps.—This group lies in about 50? S. Jat. and 166°
E. long. and is about four miles long by two and a h he
herbaceous and shrubby vegetation is almost identieal with that of
Campbell Island, in addition to which there is an arboreous belt on the
sen shore. Since the publication of Sir Joseph Hooker's Mi. cited
under Campbell Island, a somewhat augmented list has appea
Kurtz, F. Ueber eine auf- den Aucklandinseln laa a Pisa.
Sammlung: pite ee des botanischen Vereins der Provinz
Brandenburg, 1876, pp. 3
trees consist Te entirely of a Myrtacea (Metrosideros
lucida), 20 to 40 feet high, with trunks two to three feet in diameter.
Associated with this are species of Coprosma, Panax aud Veronica and
the tree-like Epacridea, Dracophyllum longifolium.
CAMPBELL IsLaNp.—Situated in 52° 30’ S. lat. and 169^ E. long.,
and 30 miles in circumference, with elevations up to 1,500 feet. There
are no trees, and the vegetation is almost entirely herbaceous and
remarkable for the showy character of many of the plants. The flora is
fully elaborated, and many of the plants figured, in Hooker's * Flora
Antarctica,” and it is ones included i in the same author’s “ Handbook of
the Flora of New Ze
178
Hooker, J. D. Flora Antarctica, part I. London, 1844. 4to.
pp. 208, tt. 110.
Kirk, T. Notes on Plants from Campbell Island: Transactions of
the New Zealand Talon: xiv. (1881), pp. 387—389.
Buchanan, J. Campbell Island and its Flora: Transactions of the
New en Tástitate, xvi. (1883), pp. 398—400.
icuous among the plants giving coleur to the vegetable carpet
are brilliant purple flowered species of Celmisia and Pleurophyllum,
which Buchanan observes may be regarded as the gems of the southern
Flora. rysobactron Rossii, a liliaceous plant with bright yellow
. flowers, is aes very ees
CQ SLAND.— This is the most eee of the islands iv
the New Z iind region, ors stout 600 m iles to the south-west of the
mainland, in 54° 30’ S. lat. and 159? E. long. he surface is hilly,
though the greatest elevation i is probably not more than 600 to 700 feet,
and the vegetation is very sparse, consisting entirely of herbaceous
plants.
Scott, J. H. Macquarie Island: Transactions of the New Zealand
Institute, xv. (1882), pp. 484—493.
Hemsley, W. B. Botany of the “Challenger” Expedition, Introduc-
tion, 1885, Pp: 62-65. The substance of the n oregoing, with fuller
particulars of the general distribution of the plan
ix ads ind 18 flowering plants and ferns are "bun to inhabit this
island, whereof 12 aiso occur in New Zealand, while of the remaining
Six, three inhabit the Auckland and Campbell De and the others
extend westward to the Crozets, Kerguelen, and Fue,
New Gutwea.—Excepting Australia, this i is the d island in the
world, extending from 130? 50' to 150? 35' E. long., and from near the
equator to 10° 40’ S. lat., the estimated area being 325,000 square miles.
Its greatest length is 1,490 miles, and its greatest breadth 430 miles. Very
little is known of the interior, but there are very lofty mountains, rising
in some parts to a height of 17,000 or 18,000 feet. "The south-eastern
testo from the 141st parallel of longitude eastward, an area of 88,000
miles, is British. Judging from the samples of the vegetation
that pin come under the observation of botanists, and from the goi
tions of travellers, the flora is an exceedingly rich one, aboundin
iar types, more Asiatic than Australian in ot gy though ‘erode is
a considerable ‘intermingling of the Australian elem
D'Albertis, L. M. New Guinea: What I cem ad what I saw.
London, — mt vols. 8vo, with rbd and a
Mueller scriptive Notes on Pa apuan Plats: Melbourne,
1875 1883. Small dne Eight pans vol. i, pp. 117 ; vol. ii., pp. 52.
. Beccari 0. Malesia: Raccolta di Osservazioni Botaniche qc
alle Piante dell Arcipelago S Tndo- Malese e Papuano. Genoa, 1877—
-1887. 4to. 3 vols., iilus
e Louisinde Are Mode and the Trobirand, Woodlark, and
D'Entrecastreaux groups of islands, to the east of New Gi uinea, have
been declared under British protection. Next to nothing is known of
the vegetable productions of these islands.
Nonrork Istanp.—About seven miles long and four broad, with a
maximum elevation of 1,200 feet ; situated in about 29° S. Jat. and 168*
. lip Island, "which is very much smaller in denis is on =
same and about’ five ‘miles south. There i e peak e
eae’ of 900 feet high.
: 179
S. Prodromus Flore Norfolkiem. Vienna, 1833. Small
8vo. i a
Cunningham, A. Notes on the vegetation of Norfolk and Philip
TM with a list of species not included by Endlicher : Hooker's
London Journal of Botany, i. (1842), pp. 111-124.
Backhouse Notes on the Vegetation of Norfolk Island: Narra-
tive y a visit to the Australian Colonies, 1843, pp. 251—273.
mall but interesting Flora, having a closer A to the Ne ew
Zenizid than the Australian. Myrtacee and Prot acez are apparently
unrepresented. Araucaria excelsa, the Norfolk Island Pine, is the most
conspicuous feature in the v vegetation, towering high Fon all other
trees. Allied species occur in New Caledonia and New South Wales.
Cato, Tregosse, Coringa, Madeleine Cays, and Willis group are islets
off the east coast of Australia, concerning which nothing is known
botanicall
12. POLYNESIA.
Fin Istanps.—An Archipelago of some 255 islands, lying between
15° and 22^ S. lat, and 175° E. and 177° W. long., and having an area
of about 7,403 square reel ik the larger island the mountain peaks
rise to a height of 4,000 fee
The principal islands are :—
Viti Levu - 4,112 sq. miles. Bega : 13 sq. miles.
Vanua Levu 2,4321 fi Yedua - l >;
aviuni - 1 oe Lakemba - 12 »
adavu - 124 » Matuka - 11 »
Windward — - 59 i Totorja - 11 -
ro 5725, ugo E 10 "
- 46 » Chichia - 10 ý
Ovalau - 421 5 Laueala - 9 ;
Rabi - 28 » V - 9 j
Moala E 28 » N - 9 Y
Quamea : 26 $ Kanacia - 8
Loma-Loma - 24 a Mokani E 43 »
Vatu Lele - 184 Batiki = 4 AS
Ono 13 »
n account of the system of cultivation followed by the natives of
consti selecting new spots as the old become exhauste ted, and other
evidence, Seemann was of erii that there was very little genuine
virgin forest even at the date of his visit. Nevertheless, ng renee
support a eames vegetation, rich in endemic species, but few
endemic genera. In general character the flora is Malayan, with a a elight
intermixture of Australian t types.
' Seemann, B. ra Vitiensis. London, 1865-1873. 4to. pp. 453,
with one hundred coloured plates
Seemann, B. : An account of a Government Mission to the
Vitian or Fijian Te ids in the years 1860-1861. Cambridge, 1862.
8vo. pp. 447, with illustrations and a map.
Baker, J. G. Ferns of the Fiji Islands: Journal of Botany, 1879,
p. 292-300. i
180
H A Year in Fiji, or an Inquiry into the Botanical, Agri-
cultural, and oe Resources of the Colony. London, 1881.
8vo. pp. 297, with a m
Baker, J. G. Recent Additions to our Knowledge of the Flora of Fiji :
Journal of the Linnean Society, xx. (1883), pp. 358-373.
Fanning Istanp.-—A small coral island, in about 159° W. long. and
4? N.lat. Vegetation Pio to the universal Polynesian sea-shore
plants.
Hemsley, W. B. List of Plauts collected in the Pacific eg by
Jd. T, YRT Botany of the “ Challenger” Expedition, i, part 3
(1885), p.
There. are ios flowering plants in the collection in question in the
Kew Herbarium
MarpoN Istanp.—A small coral island, in 155° W. long. and 4^ S.
lat., with a scanty ve gown consisting of some of the same species in-
habiting Fanning and Pitca
ley, W. B. Plants collected in Maldon Island, by James Macrz :
Botany of = “ Challenger ” Expedition, i. ( 1885), Introduction,
STARBUCK.——A small island to the south of Maldon, in about 156° W.
long. id = S. lat
om on Polynesian oberg piscidium and Sida fallax are the
only plants a Kew froin this island.
: CAROLINE Istanp.—A small coral — in mid Pacitic, in 150° W.
long. and 10? S. lat. It was the station of one of ies United States
expeditions for the observation of the transit of Ven
Trelease. Plants collected in Caroline Island, by Dr. Dixon: Memoirs
of the National [ American] Academy of Sciences, ii., 1884, p. 88
Hemsley, W. B. List of Plants collected in Caroline Island : uenis d
of the * Challenger" Expedition, i. (1885), Introduction, p. 18.
Reproduced from the foregoing.
About twenty species of flowering pase of all them widely spread in
Polynesia, and some having a much wider r
Prrcairn Istanp.—The refuge of the mutineers of the * Bounty,”
and the home of their descendants, is under the supervision of the
Governor of New South Wales. It is situated in about 130° W. lo ong.
and 25? S. lat. There is no complete account of the vegetation in
existence.
Hemsley, W.B. A list of Plants in the Key v Herbarium from Pit-
cairn Island: cmd of the “ Challenger” " Rapedition, i. (1885),
Introduction,
About a dozen species are known, including tbe widely-spread Hibis-
eus tiliaceus; Osteomeles anthyllidifolia, Metrosideros poly ta nth i
— Morinda citrifolia, Guettarda speciosa, and Cerbera Odo!
= M is announced that the British Government has mit the
w Islands i 0’
the
long. ; ; Penrh yn Island, > a 50' S. woes and 158° 39’ W. long. ; and
Christmas imas Island, in 2? N. lat. and 158? W. long. Palmerston
toi TAK
Island, in ua 5. lat. and 163° an long., is reported to be inhabited by a
small Eng lish-speaking community.
A eects has also dem Lus oclai med over the Cook garpen which
in ie by the Rev. W. Wyatt Gill :—-Eleocarpus sp., Alphitonia — —
excelsa, Inocarpus edulis, Melastosio di denticulatum, Mussenda fron j
Vitex trifolia, Ficus. tinctoria, and Centotheca lappacea. The same
g an also collected a few plants in the neighbouring island of
Mangaia, including the widely T Osteomeles anthyllidifolia
Many other islands in Pacific Ocean, mostly nninhsbited, are
English possessions, and s of thief have been leased out for guano
collection. Among t ced are Pilgrim, Ducie, Roggewein, Dudosa,
ostoc, Bauman, and Flin
Hemsley, W. B. List of Plants collected by J. F. Arundel, Esq.,
in various small guano islands in the Pacific. Botany of the “ Chal-
lenger ” gi ey ae i. 3, p. 116. See also Introduction to the same
work, pp.
13. THE DOMINION OF CANADA AND NEWFOUNDLAND.
Tue Dominton or CANADA extends from the gp to the Pacific,
diete nearly 86 degrees of longitude, from 55° to 141° W., and from
42° N. lat., in the lake region, bouis ie area being n
at 3,470,392 square miles, exclusiv e of the p eat lakes and rivers. It
is now divided into seven aree name Vova Scotia, Prince
Edward Island, New Brunswick, Old TER A "Ontario and Quebec),
Manitoba, British Columbia (which includes Queen Charlotte and
Vancouver Islands), and the € west Territories — Assiniboia,
Saskatehewan, Alberta, and Athabas
There is no complete descriptive d on the aoa of British
North America; but Professor Macoun’s * Catalogue," which is-
approaching completion, gives particulars of the dee iban of the
plants throughout the Dominion and Newfoundland, vm descriptions of
nearly all of them will be found in the works cited belo
Anticost! is an island in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 125 miles long,
and 30 miles across in its broadest part, with an estimated area of 2,500
square miles. Well wooded and mountainous.
Britisu CorUMBiA comprises the territory between the Rocky
Mountains and the Pacific coast, the average breadth being about 250
miles, and the length of the coast line 450 miles. It is the most moun-
tainous part of the Dominion, culminating a Paay Hooker, in the
Rocky Mountains, which is about 16,600 feet | igh
xw Brunswick is situated between 45° 5' and 48° 5’ N. lat., and is
ibis with Nova Scotia by a low isthmus. Area about 97,1 105
square miles, :
182
NEWFOUNDLAND is an island situated between 46° 37’ and 51° 39’ N.
lat., and 52° 35’ ud 59^ 25' W. long., with an estimated area of 40,200
square miles.
Nova Scoria is a peninsula at the eastern extremity of the Dominion,
is about 300 miles long and 100 miles in its greatest breadtb, with an
area of 20,907 square miles, one-fifth of which consists of lakes, rivers,
and cie of the sea. Cape "Breton Island forms a part. of this p province.
Prince Epwarp IsLtAND lies in a bay formed by Nova Scotia and
New Brunswick, and is about 140 miles long by 34 miles i in its greatest
breadth, with an area of 2,156 square miles.
COUVER IsrAND lies on the Pacific side of the continent, Bobi/vus
48? 20 and 50° 55’ N. lat., and 123° 10’ to 128° 20’ W. long., and has
an area of 75,634 square miles.
Meyer, E. De Plantis Labradoricis, libri tres. Leipsic, 1830.
12mo. pp. 218.
Hooker, W. J. Flora Boreali-Americana; or the Botany of the
northern parts of British America. London, 1833-1840. 2 vols. 4to,
with 238 plates.
Torrey, J., and Gray, A. A Flora of North America. New York,
1838-1843. Ranunculacez to the end of Composite
Provancher, L. Flore Canadienne, ou Description de toutes les
Plantes des Foréts, rapis Jardins et Eaux du Canada. Quebec, 1862.
8vo. pp. xxix et 8
Lawson, G. Synopsis of Canadian Ferns. Montreal, 1864. 8vo.
Lyall, David. Account of Botanical Collections made on the North
American Boundary Commission: Journal of the Linnean Society, vii.,
1864, pp. 124—144.
Macfie, M. Vancouver Island and British Columbia. London, 1865.
Bvo. pp. 574, illustrated.
Gray, A. Manual of T MD of the Northern United States.
New York, 1867, tifth editi
Reeks, H. Flowering Plants and Ferns of Newfoundland. Newbury,
1871. 8vo.
Curtiss, Allen H. Catalogue of the eae and Vascular
e Plants of Canada and North-east United States. Liberty,
ord, Va., 1873. 4to. pp. 8.
Emerson, G. rfl the Trees and n ubs growing naturally
in the Forests of Massachusetts. Boston, 1875. Two vols, 8vo,
- illustrated.
A. W. H. Catalogue of the Flora of Nova Scotia, arranged
. according to Gray's Manual of Botany for the Northern United States,
E —* = oe nace by J. Sommers: Proceedings and Transactions of
the. tian m dostitole of Natural Science, iv. (1875-76), pp. 181-
" 183
acoun, J. Report on the Botany of the country from Ventouver
Island to Carleton on the Saskatchewan: Geological Survey of Canada,
1875-76, pp. 110-232. A tabular view of tbe distribution of Canadian
plants is given, pp. 230-232.
How, H. Additions to the List of Nova Sootian Plants:
actions of the Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science, iv. Q876-77),
pp. 312-421
Macoun, J. Sven of the Flora of the Valley of the St. Lawrence.
oir, 1877. '8vo
Fowler, Rev. J. Catalogue of New Brunswick Plants, 1878-79.
C. Ferns of the United States and the British North
me ne can Possessions. pe m, 1878-80. Two vols. 4to, 81 coloured
plates and descriptive te à
Bell, Robert. Canadian Forests: Geological Survey of Canada,
1879-80.
n, D.
Macoun, J. Catalogue of Canadian Plants. Montreal. Vol. i
1883-1886, Dicotyledons. 8vo. pp. 623. Mainly geographical.
Macoun, J. List of Plants collected by Dr. Robert Bell in New-
kisded. Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada, n. s. i.,
1885, pp. 21-25 DD. 102 vascular plants.
Small, H. B. Canadian Forests. Montreal, 1885. 8vo. pp. 64.
Sargent, C. S. Report on the Forests of North Pede exclusive of
Mexico: Department of the Interior Census Office [U.S.A.], tenth
canine, d 1880. Washington, 1884. 4to. pp.612, with numerous maps,
besides a separate volume containing sixteen large folio maps illustrating
the distribution df the trees in British territory as well as in the United
States
falto, H. The Orchids of New England. New York, 1884. 8vo.
pp. 158, illustrated.
Gray, A. amota Flora of North America. New York, 1984-
1886. The Gamopetale
Canadian Forests. Canadian Handbook, Indian and Colonial Exhi-
bition, 1886, pp. 121-125.
Lugrin,C. H. New Brunswick: its Resources, &c., 1886, Forests,
pp. 145-159.
/ yv.
H
Hooper,
© Colonial bites, gs
Ba TURKS, , and Caicos Istanns.—Though py poli-
- tically, sani islands form one chain, extending from 71° to 79° W.
long., and from about 31° to 27° 30’ N. lat. The principal p of
— the Bahamas proper are: New Providence, Abaco, Harbour, Eleuthera,
184
14. THE BRITISH WEST INDIAN ISLANDS, BERMUDAS,
BRITISH GUIANA, AND BRITISH HONDURAS.
Purdie, W. Journal of a Botanical Mission to the West Indies:
Hooker's London e of Botany, iii., 1844, pp. 501-533; iv., 1845,
pp. 14-27. Alor
; í R. Flora of the British West Indian Islands.
London, 1859-6!. $vo. pp. 789.
, A. H. R. = s Geographische Verbreitung der Pflanzen
Westindions 1865: Goettingen Abhandlungen, xii, 1866; Gesam-
melte Abhandlungen und kleinere Schriften zur Pflanzengeographie,
pp. 222-285
Daniell, W. F. On the Cascarilla Planis of the West India and
Bahama Islands: Pharmaceutical Journal, iv., 1863, pp. 144—150, 226-
231. Also reprin
Fée, A. L. A. Histoire des — et des Lycopodiacées des Antilles.
= 1866. 4to. pp. 164, t
Fr. Die chlorop ae en E 3:5 consis
Prine s Jahrbiicher, xvi. (1885), pp. 415-449, tt.
emsley, W. B. Botanical Bibliography of the eem nis ru
Tobago to Porto Rico, inclusive. Appendix to the Report of the British
Association Committee, consisting of Mr. W. T. Thiselton Dyer (Secre-
tary), Prof. Newton, cies Flower, Mr. Carruthers, and Mr. Sclater,
appointed for the purpose of . taking steps to investigate
the Fauna and Flora of hs West Indies, 1888.
ANGUILLA.—About 60 miles north-west of St. Christopher, the Dutch
island of St. Eustatius, the French island of St. Bartholomew, and the
mh and Dutch St. Martin lying between. It has an area of 35 square
es, and very little elevation. The adjacent Dog and Sombrero
fenis belong to Anguilla. wing to great dronghts and the absence
of freshwater springs, this island is ; not ver y fertile, yet a considerable
[aid of garden produce is raised and finds a ready market in St.
Thom
Se UA,—In 17° 5’ N. lat. and 61° 50’ W. long., and about 70 miles
in circumference. The mountains reach a height of 2,200 feet, but the
vegetation is not so luxuriant as in most of the neighbouring islands, on
account ~ = comparatively small rainfall. Five Islands are on the
western sic
Por Report upon Antigua in Relation to Forestry.
o a Satie est Caicos, Providenci
à Dis L Ej = "Caicos, Grand Turk and. Salt Cay.
185
The principal named islands of this chain are :—
Abaco
Highborn Cay
Andros. Hog Island.
Atwood Cay. Hogsty Reef.
Bacon Cay. Inagua, Great.
Berry Island. Inagua, Little.
Bimini. saac.
Castle. Jamaica Cay.
Cat Cay Jumentos Cays
a Little Exuma
Cay Verde Little San Salvador
Chub Cay. Long I
Columbus Cay May
Conception. : New Providence
Crooked Island. North Caicos
uck Cays. lana Ca
Dun Providenciales
East Caicos. ed
East Harbour. Royal Island
Egg Island.
Eleuthera. Salt Cay
Exuma Chain Sam
Fish Cays. San Salvador
Flamingo Cay. Serab Cay.
Fortune Island. Seal Ca
Grand Caicos. Furks Islaud
Great Docenti Water Cay
Gre Watling.
Great Stirrup Cay. Wax Cay.
en Cay. West Caicos
un Cay. E ite Cay.
Harbourd. Yuma.,
Eggers, H. F.A. Flora of the Bahamas: Nature, xxxvii. (1886),
Baron Eggers’s paper is merely a sketch of the prominent features in
the “pial Mr. J. G. Baker bed since examined and reported on
Eggers’s botanical collections: see report of the committee
Budd for the purpose of e splord the Flora of the Bahamas in
the uut of the British Association for 1888. :
Bar Ty his island lies in about 13? 10’ N. lat. and 59° 30’ W.
long., Gd i is the most easterly of the West Indian islands, It is nearly
twenty-one miles long by fourteen in breadth, and has an area of 1
Hughes, Griffith. The Natural History of the Barbados. In ten
books. London, 1750. Folio. pp. 314, tt. 29. Botany, pp. 97-256.
Maycock, J. D. Flora Hibin London, 1830. 8vo, with a ;
test map
nating, B. History of Barbados. London, 1848. 8ve.
ion. pp. 573-633.) E
Barsupa.—A small RUM island, about half a degree north of <
Miga in about 17° 40’ N. 1 ang
Caicos Istanps. See Sika
U 58741. ce
t
186
Domrnica.—This island lies between the French islands of Guade-
OM
loupe to the north-west and Martinique to the south-east, in 15* 20'
N. lat. and 61° W. long. It is twenty-nine miles long by sixteen broad,
with an area of 292 square miles, and the mountains rise to an altitude
of nearly 5,000 feet. The vegetation is luxuriant, and the forests contain
. valuable timber :
Johow,F. Vegetationsbilder aus Webda: eine Excursion nach
dem kochenden See auf Dominica: Kosmos 1884, ii, pp. 112-130,
270-285. Abstract in Engler’s Jahrbücher, vii. (1886), Literatur-
bericht, p. 76.
Nicholls, H. A. A. The Natural Resources of Dominica: Handbook
of the West Indies and British Honduras, Colonial and Indian Exhibi-
tion, 1886, pp. 120-126.
Bn Ramage iis botanised — and St. Ludis for a joint Com-
ttee appointed by the Royal Society and British Association, and his
sollections are being determined at
_ GnENADA.—Between 11° 58’ and 12° 30’ N. lat., and in about 61° 40
W. long., and about twenty-one miles long by ' twelve miles in its
greatest breadth, with an area of 125 square miles. The Grand Etang,
alake on the summit of the mountain Syd he an elevation of 1,740
. feet, is one of the most Mimárkalile natural feat
Murray, G. A Half-holiday in nb. LIO s Chronicle,
series 3, ili., pp. 8
y RR
ah. Frigat ac tonic Little Martiniga mie oe Cannas
Little Cannoua D, Bail, Quatre, Moustique, and Baliceau
AicA.—The most westerly and the largest of the British West
Indian islands, lying west of Hayti or St. Domingo, and south of Cuba,
bet tween 76° and 78° X w. long., and 17° 40’ and 18° 30' N. lat. Itis
4,197
miles, and the innate — from 5 1000 to 6,000 feet high, with here
and there loftier peaks up to 7,500 feet
T ayman Islands are a dependen ey of Jamaica. They lie to the
north-west, between 19° 10’ and 19° 45’ N. lat., and 79° 30’ and 80° 35’
W. long. Grand Cayman, the largest of these islands, contains about
2,000 inhabitants. Little Cayman and Cayman Brae are also inhabited.
Pedro and Morant Cays to the south of Jamaica, in about 17° N, lat.,
isla
are merely guano nde; Altogether these dependencies have an area
of abou
square mile
A Voy age to the islands Madera, Barbados, Nieves,
-— . Sloane, Hans
S Si Christopher, and Jamaica, with the Na tural
istory
of the last of those islands, London, 1707-25. Two vols. folio, with
i à 274 plates.
The Civiland Natural History of Jamaica. London,
= Browne, P.
: 1756. Folio. pp. 503, tt. 50, Botany, pp. 71-374, tt. 1-38.
Jenman, G. S. Hand list of Jamaica Ferns. Demerara, 1881.
Sm all 8vo. pp. 65.
Flora of Jamaica has bee i The Ca ayman
F.L.S., —
-Islands have recently been deed Da gen c Mr. W. Fawcett,
of the Botanical | Department, Jamaica, though the
157
results have not yet been doeet His collection of dried plants,
determined at Kew, consists of about 100 species, and they are almost
without exception quite common i potio.
LrEwanp IstAwps,— The most northerly group of the Lesser An-
v M mich the following are British : Sombrero, az at Mont-
t, St. Kitts, Nevis, Dominica, and the Virgin Island
MowrsEnRAT.—Situated in 16° 45' N. lat. and 62° 10' W. long., and
having an area of 35 square miles. It is ver sogar the highest
p slightly exceeding 3,000 feet, and several of them reaching 2,5
These mountains are said to be covered to Hii: ane with :
vig forest
Nevis.—This island lies to "e mE rper of St. Christopher, from
which it is about two miles dista s area is about 50 square miles,
and its greatest elevation 3,2
Sloane visited this island, but s made no collections there.
Sr. CHRISTOPHER or Sr. Krrrs. —This island lies 2 the west
of Antigua, in 17° 20’ N. dod bue 62^ 45' W. long., and has area o
sixty-eight ar miles. Moo er the highest piak, ad an a altittitte
of 4,060 feet. ** The fisher Moos f the mountains are clothed with
grass, while heit summits are Sorbi with noyeau or iron wood, Spanish
ash, red sweetwood, wild mahoe, snakewood, white box, dogwood, and
other forest trees.” Handbook of the West Indies and British Honduras,
Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886.
Robinson, H. G. R. Vegetation of St. Kitts : Hookers’ Kew Journal
of Siotatiy, 3 ix., 1857, pp. 115-119.
Sr. ViNcENT.—Situated in about 13° 10' N. lat. and 60° 57’ W. long.,
and about eighteen =~ long by t E e with an area of 140
of 3,700 feet, and the Mor orne a arou to 4000 Tot
m Tobago to Atria ë Yep Dominica.
"tetidisg g, Lansdown. An Kabit of the Botanic Garden in the
Island of St. Vincent. Glasgow, 1825. 4to. pp. 47, with three
coloured views and plan of the garden.
Hooper, E. D. M. Pope at on the Forests of St. Vincent. London,
1886. Folio. pp.
Sr. Lucra.—One aü the most goma of the Windward Islands,
Mis and here, as in St. i
mountain. Maria, Gros, and Pigeon are adiuvari islets. See note dsl
Dominica.
TTopAGo.—Situated in 11° 9’ N. lat. and 60° 40’ W. long., and about
twenty-three miles north-east of Trinidad. ‘Twenty-six miles
by seven and a half broad, with = area of 114 square miles, and a
maximum elevation of 1,800 fee
mountain ridge are repor ted to be intact. sma
amende ve d Mr. Meyer, contained several undescribed specie
A Botanist’s Home i P E NS: Gardener's kcal
Mey
n. 8, ay. (G88, p. 456. A fragment
U
D-
Vegetation lux u-
Lt
188
'TRiNIDAD.— This island is opposite the delta of the Orinoco, Venezuela
and may be regarded as a detached piece of the mainland. Tt lies
etween 10° and 11° N. lat., and 61° and 62° W. long., and has an area
of 1,754 square miles. The surface is undulated ud hilly in parts,
though the greatest elevation does not exceed 3,000 fee
Crueger, H. Outline of Flora of Trinidad. iue 1858. 8vo.
s s
Fendler's Ferns of —€— Coulter's Botanical
D. C.
; dee November 1878. A list of 114 specie
Devenish, S. Vernacular and Botanieal Names of the Woods of
Trinidad: Handbook of the West Indies and British Honduras, Indian
and Colonial Exhibition, 1886, pp. 29-33.
Jenman, G. S. The Ferns of Trinidad: Journal of Botany, 1887,
pp. 97-101.
'rvnks IsraND. See Bahamas.
" ViRgGIN Istanps.—An archipelago to the east of Portorico, the
principal British islands being Virgin Gorda, Anegada, Jost Van Dyke,
Tortol a, mm and Peter's Island ; but altogether there are thirty-two
** rocklets."
islands besid
Tortola is in" about 18° 25' N. lat. and 64° 40’ W. long., and has a
area of twenty-six square miles. It is everywhere hilly, with a maxi-
mum elevation of 1,600 feet.
Virgin Gorda lies a little to the north-east of Tortola, and is only ten
square miles in area. It is hilly and barren in the eastern part
Anegada is the most northerly “ group, and is a low coral island,
with an area of fourteen square mil
Eggers, H. F. The Flor t St. Croix and the Virgin am
Washington, e Bulletin of the United States National Museum
No.13. 8vo. 133.
WiNDWARD iis .—The southern group of the Lesser Antilles,
ors St. Lucia, St. Vincent, Birbal the Grenadines, Grenada, and
Bermupas.—A chain of i twenty-five miles long, in the Atlantic
Ocean, in 32° N. lat. and 64 „and between 600 and 700 miles,
from Cape Hatteras, SEI Sab "The are of calcareous limestone,
and nowhere more than 250 feet above the level of the sea. ‘The main
island, Bermuda, on which the town of Hamilton is situated, is about
aeres in extent. Ireland, Boaz, Somer set, Tucker. , Eli
Goat, Castle, Nonsuch, Coopers, St. Davi ids, St. "Georges, Cone y, an and
Ferry Islands are all relatively. small, and some of them little more
e em
y, W. B. Botany of the * Challenger” Expedition, i., part 1,
ness M 1-128, tt. 1-13, and * Introduction" to the same work,
6-49.
Lefroy, J. H. The Botany of Bermuda. Washington, 1885.
Bulletin of the United States National Museum, No. 25. pp. 141.
Reade, C. A. Plants of the Bermudas or Somer’ S MUR Hamilton,
Berm uda, 1885. 8yo. pp.112 and index. Descriptions in English of
the Indigenous and Naturalized Plants.
The indigenous vascular plants number 144, belonging tO
109 genera and 50 natural orders, Eight species are apparen rently
189
endemic, but is are all closely oe either to North American or
West Indian for A ** Cedar niperus ifsc and a P.
(Sabal Blsckbdsssdad) are the only indigen nous trees; the former con-
stituting much of the wealth of the island
x
PA
BRITISH Guana. —An irregular tract of north-eastern UR 1 America,
extending from about 56° = os 61° 50’ W. long., and from 1° to 8° 30’
N. lat., with an estimated area of 109,000 square "m it includes
x c of Senate; agia. and Berbic
let, F. Histoire des Plantes de » oe Frog. London,
1775. 4to, two vols. letterpress, and 392 plates.
Schomburgk, R. Versuch einer bm und Flora von Britisch
Su uiana. Leipzig, 1848. 8vo. Flora, vol. iii, (Reisen), pp. 787-1,212.
im Thurn, E. F. Among the Indians of Guiana. London, 1883.
- vo. pp. 445, >.
m Thurn, E. F. c of British Guiana: Timehri, iii. (1884),
i "219-976" Also Reprint
Oliver, D., and im Thurn, E F. ‘Lue MÀ of the Roraima Frc
— of 1884: Transactions of the Linnean Society, 2 series, Botany,
-» pp. 249-300, tt. 37-56. The descriptions repeated in Timehri, v.,
1886, pp. 145- E
Jenman, G. S. The Primeval Forests of British Guiana : Gardener's
— 3 we (1887), PP. 541-543, 573-575, 637-639. =
. long., with an cnimated i area, including the adjacent Cays, of 7,562
mn miles. Turnesse is the largest of the numerous islands off the
“He malay, W. B. Botany of the Biologia Centrali-Americana. London,
1879-88. 4to. 5 vols., with 110 plates. EE
Includes British Honduras, though almost nothing was known of
the botany up to that date. One of the most T ae ee
in the vegetation are the pine groves down to the sea
Morris, D. vat of British Honduras. London, ‘su 8vo.
pp. 152, ait am
Wo ods, Fibres, pe of British Honduras. Handbook of the West
Indies and British Honduras, Indian and Colonial Exhibition, 1886,
158-168.
MEUM
ix
A rms
esie
eoa ce de
UR.
[AU Rights Reserved. |
ROYAL GARDENS, KEW.
BULLETIN
MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION.
No. 32.] AUGUST. [1889.
THE FLUTED SCALE-INSECT.
(eerya Purchasi, Maskell.)
WirR PLATE.
An insect which ranks amongst one of the Tes destructive pests
injurious to plants has made its appearance of late years in South
frica, New Zealand, and California, It bue to the family Coccide
or scale i insects, and is known under various popular names, South
Africa it is called *the Australian Bug "in in New vm vem d, the ** Cottony
Cushion-scale" ; and in California it is indifferently the “ White scale,”
* Ribbed scale," ‘or “ Cottony ngage Professor Riley, who has
thoroughly investigated its life-history, s
known as the * Fluted scale." Mr. M Maskell first described thie species
rom New Zealand a in 1878 (New Zealand Trans., Vol. XI.
1878, p. 221), and whatever diversity may exist as regards its popular
name, it is now one di science as Jcerya Purchast, Maskell.
It was first observed in South Afriea at Cape Town in 1873. In
1876 it had ib to the Poule C division of Meme and is
N:
PRINTED — oe MAJESTY’S pore as OFFICE,
YRE AND SPOTTISW
PRINTERS de E QUEEN'S MOST aisea MAJESTY,
And t Eve dial; rng directly or through any Bookseller, from
EYRE rr SPOTTISWO OODE, E ag med ST TREET, FLEET STREET, F.C., and
32, springen STRE [.: or
ADAM AND Guim: LES BLACK, 6, 6 woke BRIDGE, vierte RGH ; or
HODGES, FIGGIS, & Co., 104, GRAFTON STREET, DUR
SIG EENE
1889,
Price Twopence.
192
now more or less prevalent throughout the Colony. Mr. Roland Trimen,
F.R.S., states that (in 1887) “the orange industry of the western districts
* (of Cape Colony) has suffered most severely ; scarce, very inferior, and
“ exceedingly dear fruit being now only obtainable where it used to be
* abundant, good, and cheap." He further remarks, “the ‘bug’ has
* spread to Natal irs the last few years, and last year I received
* speeimens from there found on the common Wattle (Acacia).
* Only yesterday (7th February 1887) I was sorry to receive a |
* found there on the ora
In New Zealand jn Paea is described as “ having papato
* whole orchards of orange s in Auckland; and in Nelson a
* Hawke’s Bay it is a dreaded pest on all kinds of plants.”
I libel, Mr. Maskell states that it “is so voracious and universal a
** feeder, so repulsive in its aspect, and so destructive in its effects that,
* in spite erosene mixtures which uated destroy it, the most.
* drastic empl: is the best. Anyone, therefore having a tree, espe-
“ cially an ornamental or a fruit tree, “hicdoked by Icerya Purchasi, is
* strongly recommended to make n o delay, but to cut down and burn
** every stick of the tree as soon as possible."
Professor Riley received the first American specimens in 1872 from
* on Acacia latifolia.” It is now “a formidable pest, and has gained
* such hold on the orange groves in California in spite of the most
** strenuous efforts, that the people find it impossible to keep it down.”
Before proceeding to give a general account of Icerya Purchasi, and
the various steps that have been taken to deal with it, it may be well in
the first place to quote Mr. Maskell’s description as given in An Account
of Insects noxious to Agriculture and Plants in New Zealand,
pp.
Genus: Zcerya, Signoret.
Adult females having antennz of 11 joints; covered with thin e
secretion or with cotton ; stationary; with or n ous ovisac. Rostru
and mentum present. Segmen ntation inconspicu
Adult males utc tassels on the Ru n antennae with two
mer on each j
species aces of this genus are at present known, the on
described below A another, /. Auges ds infesting sugar-canes in
male of the latte unknown. ossibly researches
in Tiria nea b in the bords of others
Icerya Purchasi, Maskell.
(The ** Cottony Cushion-scale.")
N.Z. Trans., vol. xi., dm vn vol. xvi., 1883, p. 140; vol. xvii.,
1884, p. 30; vol. xix., 1886, p
ity
wot nearly etA filling d the spac 'e beneath it with thick white
i lly exten i ind it i
‘longated white ovisae, longitudinally corrugated; ovisac often much
longer than the insect, and becom ing filled with oval red eggs. I
of female about ! in., reaching sometimes nearly 4 in. Body previous to
193
gestation lying fi flat on the plant, the edge slightly sir up; on the
dorsum a longitudinal raised ridge, forming one or more prominences.
Insect covered all over with numerous minute fine hain, most thickly
on the thoracic region; round the edge these hairs are longer, an nd are
from 20 to 30 hairs in each. Amongst the hairs in the tufts are
several protuding tubular spinnerets, having on the outer end a kind of
multiglobular ring or crown; from these proceed cylindrical, glassy,
straight tubes as long as the tufts of hair. Long, fine, glassy, delicate
the thor ax, seeming] "attache d to the fee Antenne of T joints,
eA slightly tapering ; nar Jide bearin Bir Feet normal, some-
h E a
comm
ejected int ue sac as it — ovisac es s^ prie containing some-
times as many as 350 eggs; ovisac convex above, sometimes irregularly
split, more often nearly d divided e e able caet M longitudinal
grooves or ribs.
f second stage dark-red, — slightly convex, —
covered with thin meal, or short curly co Body hairy with mar-
ginal tufts and spinnerets, as in adult. ia tubercles odapeo
but the abdomen — three small lobes on each side, from which
spring six short s Antenne of nine nearly equal joints, hairy.
Feet normal, iik. "Several radiating, fine, cottony filaments. J Length
of insect variable, from 4A in. to in. The dorsum exhibits the longi-
re mens raised ridge, but less conspicuously than in the adult
g larva, about 4; in. long, dark-red, elongated, flattish, active ;
-— with yellow cottony down. Antenne of six joints, hairy ; the
last joint is much tbe largest, clavate, apparently four-ringed, bearing
four long hairs. Feet slender: digitules short, fine hairs. Eyes promi-
nent, tubercular. Mentum .biarticulate. Anal tubercles represented
by three small processes at each side of the abdominal extremity, each
process a very long seta. Six ipta tm rows of circular
multiloeular spinnerets, four on the dorsuin and one on each edge.
Alternating with these are rows of hairs with qaborsular bases
Adult male p "ed angih. slightly varying: some specimens s
i in. ; expanse s, } in.; length of antenne about} in. B
red, with a ihtaing, pii Pg shaped, black mea on the dorsal su difipe
of the thorax; legs and antennz black. Wings dark brown with (in
me ligh a b i i
80; ts) luish tinge, mar que TOW, wav
stripes; main nervure red, branching once; there are also longi-
tudinal, whitish, narrow band ery long and slender, with
ower pai
only short bristles. Abdomen slender, segments somewhat liter: on
———— REGEL
* Signoret (Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de France, 1875), under the genus yep
speaks of ** p plis hhyalins = existing a -— the wings of the males of that genus,
t Misled by similar appearances, Burmeister and Westwood assign 25 join 2d m
the nes antenna of Leachia ARSE.
59529.
A2
194
each ment some hairs; the last segment ends in two thick WA
spieuous cylindrical processes, which, on side view, are seen to inclin
upwards, and beneath them is the short, conical spike, sheathing the
penis. Penis red, longish, tubular, and thick, with many recurved short
hairs, and at the end a ring 9 of short spines. Each of the two processes
on the en s three or four long sete, but there do not
appear to be any of ue ote cottony appendages seen in the males of
most Coccids.
Habitat.—On wattle, orange, lemon, cypress, ‘ha gorse, grass,
and, in fact, on almost every kind of native and introduced plants,
Nelson, Hawke’s Bay, Auckland. It will probably pns also else-
where, ‘put the climate of Canterbury and Otago may prove too cold in
winter for it.
Allied to Z. sacchari, Guérin, which damages sugar-canes in Mauri-
iius; but differing in the formation of the ovisae, the presence of the
marginal tufts and spinneret tubes in the female, and in other partieu-
lars. Th o of I. sacchari has not been described. The male of
4. Purchasi is probably quite distinct
This species is supposed to have come originally from Australia. It
has been very injurious to orange and lemon trees at the of Good
Hope and in California. In duin. it has destroyed hats orchards
of the same trees, and in Nelson and Hawke’s Bay it is a dreadful pest
on all kinds of plants
The following are references to the plate given on the opposite
e :—
cerya Purchasi.—a, insects on twig of Acacia (Wattle), natural
size; b, adult female and ovisac, upper view ; c, adult female and ovisac,
side ` view ; d, female of second stage; e, wit be cotton ; f,
adult male; g, haltere of male; 2, two joints of male antenna;
airs, spinnerets, and glassy tubes of female; », antenna of adult
female.
The literature of Icerya Purchast is already somewhat extensive.*
The most. complete and exhaustive account yet published is found in
the Maite le the year 1886, of Professor Riley, M.A., Ph.D., Ento-
mologist e U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, 1887,
pp. 106-492,
* Report of the Parr ssion appointed to inquire into . . . . the “ Australian
Bug.” Mee ue 1877.
Dep l of F On the “ Australian Bug” of South Africa. May 1882,
41-46.
pum ects rigs to Fruits, By William Saunders, F.R.S.C., Philadelphia, 1883
p. 400, with wo
ew Zealand "Transactions, Vol. xi., 1878, p. 221; vol xvi, 1883, p. 140;
vol. xvii, 1884, p. 30; vol. xix., 1886, p.
45.
the Entomologist, Charles V. Riley, M.A., Ph.D., for the um 1886
[U.S S aene of ee Regret pp. 466-492, with plates. Was shington, 1887.
See 15, U.S. Department of Abate
The Icerya, or Flut van
Division of E f Entom Andin cig
Account of the Inse Makr noxious to Agriculture and Plants in New Zealand,
e Seale - Heec (Coccide). By W. M. Maskell, F.R.M.S., Wellington, N.Z.,
xix.
. _ Injurious Farm and Fruit Insects of South Africa. By Eleanor A
. F.R.Met.Soc., and O. E. Jansen, F.E "x London, 1889. pp. 69-98, with woodeuts.
(The notes on Icerya Purchasi are a reprint, in abridged form, of a pamphlet
mi» in 1887, under title of ** Australian Bug of South Africa." )
W.M.M., delt, ad nat. A.D. WILLIS, WANGANUL n z
i PLATE XIX.
Icerya Purchasi, Maskell.
195
It would be impossible to curtail this report to any large ime "ees
as Professor Riley has specially investigated the subject with t
` of successfully treating the insect from a horticultural point of view,
it is desirable to place as much information as possible within reach of
those who would not Bibi ive be able to obtain it.
The following is Professor Riley’s account of Zcerya Purchasi :—
We have, during the year, been conducting a special investigation of
the habits of and remedies for the eae Cottony Cushion-scale of
California, an insect which for the last eight years has occupied much
of the attention of the horticulturists of that State. We have been much
m a this pest since it was originally sent to us while in Missouri
y H. Stretch from San Francisco in 1872, and have watched its
inerease and spread, until it became evident from its alarming prolificacy,
from the great diversity of its food-plants, from its supposed immunity
from the attacks of natural enemies, and from the protection against the
action of insecticides afforded by its mper waxy exeretions, that
especial study and ex nop were muc
The following account of the insect is prepared from published
accounts and ‘on peHiaied correspondence ; from our biologic notes made
at the office in Washington, chiefly in 1878, 1880, and 1886 ; but more
especially from our recent experience in the field (which the delay in
publishing the report has enabled us et partly slit and the obser-
vations of Messrs. Coquillett and Koebele, whose reports on experiments
made to destroy it will be found stm in full among the reports m
agents,
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.
So far as we have been able to learn, up to the date of present writing,
the Cottony Cushion-scale is found only in AN in Australia, in
e Africa, and in New Zealand. We shall discuss its introduction -
to California and its present limitations in that State in subsequent
sections of this paper, and what we know of its — in the other
untries mentioned is here considered.
Ix AUsTRALIA.—As will appear farther on, the ev i Vade
goes to prove that this insect is indigenous to Australia
exported from this colony to the two other colonies in whie ito occurs
and to the United States. We have very few facts as to its occurrence
in Australia and these are taken at second hand. We have addressed
communications to a number of naturalists in different portions of that
country, but their replies have at this writing not been received. From
the “Report of the Commission appointed by his Excellency the
* Governor to inquire into and report upon the means of exterminatin
* the insect of the family * Coccide, commonly known as the * Australian
R Pun Trimen, dated February 5, 1877, and published by. the
Government Secretary of Cape Colony as * Government Notice No. 113,
u
received as follows :—The Queensland a uthorities simply promised
inquity and report. The Government of South Australia did not hi Eger
the insect in question as a native of that colony. The inquiry to
Victoria was referred to Prof. Frederick McCoy, Director of the
National Museum at Melbourne, who identified t e insect as à new `
Dorthesia, * Mess
common in Victoria on different kinds of Acacia.”
pst
196
This is the extent of our information. Mr. Maskell, in his second
paper on this species (Transactions and Proceedings New Zealand
Institute, XIV., p. 226, 1881), writes: * When in Australia a few
* months ago I observed at Ballarat an insect, certainly an Zcerya, but
* T think not Z. Purchasi ; but d had no opportunity of bringing away
* a single specimen." exists, then, a possibility at least that
the €— under consideration is found at Ballarat as well as around
Melbourn
In — Couony.—We find in the “ Report of the Commission,”
&e., just ind the following infoeshasion on the spread of the insect in
this colon
x Spia thë answers received it would seem that the insect, having
red and succeeded in establishing itself in Cape Town and the
different parts of the colony ; and we may mention, in evidence of its
irregular dispersal by chance methods of conveyance, that it was
observed in the village of Ookiep, Namaqualand, only a few months
after ^ first discovery in the Cape Town Botanical Gardens in 1 1873,
and yet was not seen in the neighbouring division of Stellenbosch till
the intter end of 1876.
e limits to whieh the insect had extended at the time of the pub-
meat of the report of the Commission (1877, presumably the latter
- z AE. included the following localities :—Cape Town and
E , Simon’s Town, Stellenbosch (Mulders Vlei), Malmes-
baa: Wellington, Namaqualand (Ockiep), Bredasdorp, George
(Buk River), Uitenhage, East London
We have no information as to the e present status of the insect in this
vem as ie replies to our letters of inquiry have not yet come to
and.*
IN New ZkALAND.—From the paper sona Mr. Maskell’s
original description of Zcerya Purchasi (Trans. and Proc. N.Z, Inst.,
XI., 220, 1878), we learn that the insect was D eret at Auckland.
note by Mr. E. A. MacKechnie (Ibid., XIV., 549, 1881) indicated
that it had greatly increased in presumably the same neighbourhood in
1881. In Mr. Maskell’s second paper (Ibid., p. 226) he mentions in a
footnote that he had just received the insect froin baee In his third
paper (Ibid., XVI., 140, 18 d" he writes as follow
* fcerya Purchasi has spread greatly in the bah to two years. It had
just reached Napier at the date of my last paper. It has now established
itself in that district not only in — vt m she Satira forests. In
Auckland it is attacking all sorts of It has reached
Nelson, ave had many acim mem ‘wars that place com-
plaining of its ravages. * * * Whether this pest will spread in
north rem ra ers here are not in much dread
beide seb they ‘confine their attention to those in a OSI
They may be right ; still the winter even in Canterbur not severe
enough to kill these insects, and I know that in the Christchurch public
gardens many trees have had to be burnt simply on account of the
ravages of Coccide.”
e have no information on this point from this colony later than
1883, but have taken steps to ascertain the present spread of the
* Just as the report is being sent to the printer we learn from Miss Ormerod that
she has received specimens from Port Elizabeth, Cape Colony.
197
IMPORTATION OF THE SPECIES INTO CALIFORNIA.
e first with which we are acquainted, of the
ott of the Cottony p» e seale in Pesos is Mr. Streteh's
ings of
ting certain
s = ie Park, San Mateo Count. by Mr. Gordon,” were referred
to " examination. A careful search through the previous pro-
seine | fails to show any iientiod of this previous sending, though at
meeting of July 1, 1872, Mr. John Hewston, junr., * exhibited
some limbs of Australian Acacia from San Mateo which were infested
by a species of Coccus, and stated that the insect had not only been
detected i in its depredations upon said tree, but also upon the orange
“ trees." This latter reference m ay very possibly have becn to the
Cottony Cushion-scale, and if so it is interesting, as indicating already a
spread of some miles from Menlo Park.
All the slight evidence possessed points to the introduction of this
scale on Australian Acacia by Mr. George Gordon about 1868 or 1869.
Mr. Stretch sa
“ This being ‘all ll the information to be derived from the om
referred to me, I visited Menlo Park in search of further informat
and received a very hearty welcome from Mr. Gordon. The Opi
is that the insect was imported from Australia some three years ago; at
any rate it seemed to Mie Ge: on the Acacia latifolia
hi
“
és
is was evidently Mr. Gordon's supposition, and dii plain inference
is that about three Mies Pekat to this time certain Acacias n
aptis y Mr. Gordon from Australia as para or cuttings um
to the general custom, aiig it is not state
Dr. A. W. Saxe, of Santa Clara, Cal., in 1877, wrote* :—
“So far as I can ascertain, it was brought to California on some
plants imported from Australia by the late George Gordon, of Menlo
Park (the sugar refiner)."
In the introduction to our annual report as Entomologist to this
Department for 1878 we referred to the serious complaints that came
from the Pacific coast of injury by it to orehard and ornamental trees,
and from specimens received from Dr. Saxe (Mr. Maskell's papers
being unknown here then) referred it to the genus Dorthesia, and
remarked :—
* It is an Australian insect, and has of late years been introduced on
Australian e. into South Africa, where, as I learn from one
corresponden Mr. Roland Trimen, curator of the South African
Museum, it bd multiplied at a terrible rate, and become such a scourge
as to attract the attention of the Government. It has evidently been
introduced (probably on the Blue Gum or Eucalyptus (to mtm
either direct from Australia or from South Africa, d will doubtless
ome quite a scourg > most introduced insects are brought over
without we natural enemies which keep them in igo in a native
e onsequently multiply at a Pim i rate.
ountry and consequ m ou be
naturally partial to Australian trees, and shows E petens for Acacia,
Eucalyptus, Orange, Rose, Privet, an :
Professor Comstock, in the annual report of the ci of
Agriculture for 1880, p. 348, cited this Article of Dr.
earliest article with which he was TENONS and diio. Dr. Saxe's
pide as to the inoata of the insect
* California Agriculturist and Artisan, December 1877,
198
of the Mods Cushion-seale. ‘There may possibly have been’ subse-
quent and independent importations, but that this is the one from which
the main spread originated there can be little doubt.
Irs SPREAD AND PRESENT LIMITATION IN CALIFORNIA.
We are indebted to Mr. Matthew Cook e, of Sacr: amento, for com-
a
at
iirtiets, six in the counties vs P Math San Mateo, Santa Clara, Sacra-
mento, ma, and Napa, in the San Francisco region, and four in the
P DT. of. Santa Barbara and Los Angeles, in the southern portion of
the Stat
The first infested distriet extends from Menlo Park to San Mateo, a
distance of 10 miles, It is bounded on the east by the Scuthern Pacific
Railroad, and extends some 3 miles west, including in consequence some
30 square miles. But little effort, according to Mr. Cooke, has been
made to eradicate the pest in this district.
The second infested district is contained within the town limits of
‘San Rafael, County, about 14 miles north of San Francisco. In
this district it has been held in check, but there are still some to be
found, and its increase is only de ndent upon a lapse of vigilance
and shrubbery, but nd not seem to trouble the deciduous iud ecd to
any extent. A n José energetic measures have
trees have been dat "ba å nd their trunks serubbed until tho poit hee
en thoroughly bea Riese At Santa Clara, however, little has been
done, and some places are seriously infested.
he fourth infested district occurs at the city of Sacramento, where
only about 120 acres are infested, although it 1s stated to be rapidly
The insect was first discovered in this district by Mr. Cooke
in October 1885, in about eight gardens. The city trustees appropriated
$200, and with this sum it was digi Ae except upon one premises
n ep authorities could not en Mr. Cooke gives in this con-
an instance of the vapiti ‘of the satlsipbestion Mid spread
of the insect the following :—
* In Oc 1885 a patch of these insects covering a space of about
3 by 4 eth wi notieed upon a limb of an aeacia tree. From these
it spread, and in a little more than a year several orange and lemon
cxi and other Shits hl closely i in an area of about 160 by 80
ad become seriously infested.”
The fifth infested district is found at Healdsburg, Sonoma County,
about 65 miles north by west of San Franci the insect is
mainly comprised within the town limits, ee infests the shade trees
along the streets and the shrubbery in the gardens,
In Mr. C sah e’s sixth district the insect cannot be said to exist at
present. It comprises a single garden in the town of Saint pM
Nis TUIS “about 60 miles north by east of San Francisco. It w
found upon a rose bush in that place by Mrs. Richard Wood in October
"d cane bush was destroyed, and the pest has not been fosse] in that
on sin
"The se siib infested district includes the city of Los Angeles, where
the isset is — confined, according to Mr. Cooke, to the gar-
199
dens and suburbs on the eastern side of the city, Mr. Coquillett s
that as nearly as can be ascertained the insect was first introduced in
Los Angeles in 1878 upon some nursery trees purchased from a. San
Francisco nurseryman, These trees were planted in a certain nursery,
and when the inseets were first noticed upon them the owner was re-
quested to burn them. He neglected to do this and soon after failed in
business, and the nursery fell into other hands. The new owner also
has not bd eard of sinc ,. 92 Los
Angeles, the same thing happeded fi 1883. o trees were QUT to
be iid and were immediately destroyed, iia the insect has not
appeared si
The eighth infested district is at Anaheim, Los Angeles County, 27
miles south gh east of Los Angeles. Here the insect is purely local
and does not seem to be spreading.
_ The ninth distr ict is at San Gabriel, 9 miles east of Los Angeles. In the
cord
pot-plant in Los Angelos, brought. it home, and placed it beside a rial
range near her house. In 1882 ad neighbouring orange ed
found to be infested with the Cottony Cushion-scale. In t o fall of
1883 it was found in some of the larger orchards so isi pe as to cause
alarm among the growers. By means of a voluntary tax of n
yer tree, some fifteer hundred or two thousand dollars were id €
expended X the pest eradicated. The most radical measures were
were cut back to -the crotches, the branches burned:
and the vea ser mw In 1885, however, the insect was again foun
but only in a few
he tenth and LE district includes the orchards in and around the
city of Santa Barbara, According to Mr. Coquillett the scale was
introduced into um X in 1878. A number of trees from the same
lot which first in ced the pest into Los Angeles was sent to Santa
Barbara at abo a cs same time. Mr. Cooke states that he visited this
district i in July 1884, and found Mr. Stowe’ 8 orchards (10 miles north
and r many acres the trees had been dug out and burned. Two
miles north of Mr. Stowe? s, Colonel Hollister’s groves also contained the
insect in numbers. About 40 acres were partially infested. The latter
t
Hollister’ s could be plainly S traced over a rolling grazing land on the
nettles, dock, and other weeds
zi, ites on wild Si ts, and Raced upon the “ reu wood," an
been argued fro e veh that the arme is hodiei, The F hive no
foundation except en identity, a large longing to the genus
hizococcus, which halie prea toos tly on | Artemisia californica, having undoubted]
given male is s whiel ll deseribe as
Rhizococeus artemisic, secretes in er of ttony wax, which is more
or v distinetly ribbed, and her eggs are of same color as those of the Icerya ;
these s -e rficial qu ches which have misled, there are profoun
struptaral difference
200
Foop-PLANTS,
ORIGINAL Foop-pLant or IceryA Purcuasi.—There seems good
reason to believe that this species is originally an Acacia insect, and
that upon one or "eee of the plants of this genus it was imported
from Australia into South Africa, California, and New Zealand. Aus-
tralia is pre-eminently the home of the cacias, while none are indigenous
to California, nor, so far as we can ascertain, to to New Zealand, and, as
is well known, the a now found in these two countries have been
introduced from Australia
Professor McCoy, of Melbou wne, in his original communication to
e government of Cape Colony, in 187 6, stated that the insect in question
Shared i in Victoria on “ different kin cacia
of the Coccidae found on the Kangaroo Island heats universalis d around
Adelaide. This statement is so indefinite as to have little weight ; yet
there is more than a possibibilty that the Australian insect mentioned is
the Zcerya.
Mr. Trimen, in his report previously mentioned, states that the first
specimens seen by him in Cape Colony occurred in 1870, at Clairmont,
on Blackwood trees (Acacia Mm obtained from the botanie
gardens at Cape Town. He
* [n the eourse of a few aake es insect. increased so peur
in number, and the Australian Acacias became laden with them to
an extent, that in the early part of 1874 the large Blackwood pean in
the gardens, pes vds infested to a greater extent than any other
plant, had to be cu
In New sisse ee first appearance of this insect was also upon an
Australian Acacia. Mr. Maskell, in originally describing the insect, in
8, says: “ My specimens of this subdivision were found on a hedge
« of the Kangaroo Acacia,f in Auckland, in March last. I understood
* from Mr. Cheeseman and Dr. ioe who kindly brought this insect
“under my notice, that it had only lately appeared in Au ckland, and
* that it was only as yet to be found a that one hedge.”
In California the experience was almost precisely similar. Mr. Stretch,
in his paper before the Maii Academy of Sciences, in 1872, stated
that at Menlo Park “it seemed to originate upon Acacia latifolia, a
“ species imported ficos Australia.” Miss Anna Rosecrans, writing to
the Pacific Rural Press of February 17, 1877, says: “It was first
Dr.
Chapin, i in the first report of the State Board of Morte Commis-
sioners of California, 1882, says ; * This scale has been, it is asserted,
* known to be on the Acacia for seven years in San José, but it is only
during the past and present seasons that it has attracted attention ”
(presumably by its spread to other cultivated plants).
Thus we have much cumulative ery a that the species of the genus
Acacia are the preferred food-plants of the Cotto ony Cushion-scale, and,
esae Australia as its proper fum. they are probably its original
LI
pep tbe “ Australian Bug " of South Africa. Journal of Forestry, May, 1882,
+> P. 44.
T Acacia armata.—C. V. R,
201
Irs Foop-PLANTS IN SouTH ArRICA.—From Mr. Trimen’s 1877 report
we gather the ae list of plants to which the Australian Bug had
read since 1873
por aad melan Kay oi, Australian Acacias, * Golden Willow,” Casuarina,
Pittosporum, * Blue Gum" (rarely), Australian “ Bottle-brush," Oak,
Orange, Vine, Fig, Laurustinus, Rose, Rosemary, Strawberry, Verbena,
Plumbago, Indian Jasmine, Bougainvillea, Hawthorn, Poinsettia,
sop
s list is not added to in the “ ete of the Commission," &c.,
877 rticle
5 writ
March 17 (1882 ?), ut thé insect had then n mainly attached itself to the
orange trees. * Many of the finest plantations have been destroyed and
others are on the high road to destruction. You will remember," he
says, “ how good and cheap oranges used to be here ; they have lately
* been threepence and fourpence apiece, and often inferior in quality
* even at such a price.’
Irs Foop-PLANTS IN NEW ZEALAND.—From the various communi-
cations of Mr. Maskell and others in the Transaetions and Proceedings
of the New Zealand Institute we give the following list of plants which
have been especially designated. There has been no attempt, —
on Mr. Maskell’s part to give at all a complete list, and in fact, he says,*
* In Auckland it is attacking all sorts of plants, from Apple and Rose
** ireés xi Pines, Fg icem. and Gorse.” The plants affected are—
Co Fur: ange, Lemon, rina decurrens, Acacia armata,
Apple, Wattles, Ros, Gorse, Pine C
TS Foop-PLANTS IN CALIFORNIA aah eee starting upon Acacia
latifolia at Menlo Park, this insect soon spread to numberless other
lants i
P le, Bridal-wreath, Rose ox, Verbena, Veronica,
Acacia mollissima, Acacia latifolia, nae linnearis, Acacia i-
bunda, Pittosporum. tobira, Straw k Locust, California
one Cork Elm, English ‘Ivy, Magnolia pe^ iflora, White Oak,
art bigs Almond, Wild Grease-Woo
‘On recent experience in California, | as well as that of Messrs. Coquil-
lett ika Koebele last summer, would indicate that, while there are few
able. It undoubtedly thrives best on aee. and next to these we
should place the Citrus fruits, the Quince, and the Pomegranate, and we
doubt if it could thrive upon many other trees. The list of its food-
plants, or rather of plants upon which it has been found, is longer than
is justified, not only because of its power of endurance above noted, but
because the young are easily carried by wind or otherwise to plants
more or less uncongenial and on which they ultimately perish, while the
adults are often dislodged from infested Acacia or Citrus trees on to
plants under or near them
* Ibid., XVI., p. 140 (1883).
202
ong the xd niani trees upon which : ees Hs cannot thrive,
and upon which it does not occur when they are grown at some distance
from infested rii or Citrus trees, are the following i "Pines, Cypress,
Eucalyptus, Olive, Apricot, Peach, Pea r, and Oleander
The plants upon which Mr. Coquillett found females with egg-masses
in limited numbers, and which were growing in situations so remote
from any infested Acacia or Citrus trees as to preclude the idea that the
adult iia had found their way to these plants from such trees, were
as follow:
Punishes iata, Quince, Apple, Peach, Apricot, Fig, Walnut, Locust,
Willow, Pepper, Grape, Rose, Castor-be ean, Spearmint, Rose-geranium
Mr. |
in the adult state. Only a few scales, and these nearly always small,
were found upon the Castor-oil bean. Some Pecan trees were noticed
on which some of the branches were completely covered with scales. A
Willow hedge surrounded by plants which had been infested for over
two years did not itself become attacked until the past summer. The
Fig he states to be a favourite food-plant. On Eucalyptus he found
young scales all summer, and in Cetober he found twigs full of scales
of all sizes. A few full-grown individuals were found upon a single
Pepper tree ae eines growing in the orchard. The fo llowing is
a supplementary list of plants upon which Mr. Koebele reported the
scales most noticas able: —
etre Metus or numerous, Malva rotundifolia,
Grape (Vitis spp.)—scales rring principally on petiole and leaf,
Medic vsi dent eee Helianthus spp., Rose (Rosa spp.)—scales grow-
ing often to an unusually large size, an very numerous on some varieties,
Epilobium e color vend rigeron canadensis, Bidens pilosa, Artemisia
ludoviciana, Am a pstlostachya—hundreds of scales on each plant
during July, Angust, and September, Sonchus oleraceus, Pauline Spp-,
Mentha piperita, Stachys cequata, Solanum tuberosum, Solanum
Douglasii, Chenopodium murale, Chenopodium album, Amarantus
itd "
the seales developed with unusual rapidity me *s nid size, Carex spp.,
Paspalum $003 Panicum crus-galli,
CHARACTERS AND Lire History,
The genus /cerya was first described by Signoret in the “ Annales de
la Société Entomologique de France ” for. 1875, pp. 351, 352, and was
the Island of Bourbon. He knew only two stages, the
-grown female and the newly-hatched larva, but these were described
with his customary care,
Mr. Maskell, in describing the species under consideration, places it
without much hesitation in this genus, and later, in 1883, still places
it in Icerya, after examining specimens of J. sacchari sent him by
M. Signoret. In his original paper (Trans. Proc, N.Z, Inst, 1878,
220), Mr. Maskell describes quite carefully the egg, bd young larva,
the second em pi the ae a female, but had n
~ lava, cocoon, or Professor Comstock (Ann. Rept. "Dept t. of Agric.,
1886, p 34 » p. E hk Maskell’s description quite closely, ai introduces
203
There is therefore a necessity for a careful review of the complete
life history of the insect, and this we have endeavoured to give in the
following pages.
Tur Ece.—The egg is quite smooth, wits es in sore and is
of a deep orange-yellow colo It measures about 0°7™" in length.
ie average number of e ei s laid b the females varies ie i
she dwells; Seriea diminishing in proportion as the p is y
infested—a general law among have been
counted in a nos a r. Coquillett, while Mr. Koebele has
remaine
from the ix "tem
he time requited for the eggs to hatch after leaving the body of
the female varies with the temperature. In the winter time the sacs
are oe filled eos eggs, while in the hottest part of the summer
m more than one or two dozen will be found in each sac. me
Collated by Mr. Coquillett on the 18th of March did not hatch until
the 10th of May; but in mid-summer hatching is only a matter of a
few days.
vA— First Stace.— The newly-hatched female
larva (and probably the male is identical with it at this stage of growtl h,
since we have not been able to separate them into males and females) i is
red in colour, inclining somewhat to brown. The body is ovoid in out-
line, being- flattened beneath and convex above. The antenne are lon
short ones, bears near its tip four very inet ones, each of which is con-.
siderably longer than the whole antenna. ‘The Jegs are thin and brown
in colour. The coxe and femora are modera rately large, while the tibia
and tarsi are long and thin, the terminal joints of the latter bearing
several long hairs. ‘The upper digitules are represented by simple hairs,
but the lower ones are present and are bent near the base. The eyes are
prominent and are each mounted ona short tubercle. The mentum is
broad and apparently 2-jointed, The rostrum is broad at base and the
rostral sete are not very long. At the tip of the rounded abdomen are
6 small tubercles, 3 each side of tip, each of which carries a long stout
hair, which is as long as the whole body. The body above shows 6 rows
of secretory pores, 4 along the middle, and 1 on each side. More or less
regular rows of hairs alternate ig these pores
FEMALE DAR piaia STAGE. —Àc cording to Maskell and Com-
stock, bote re are but thre es ot growth i in the female after hatching,
and these are readily distinguished b Aa e number of antennal joints ;
the larva of the first stage hav , that of the sores 9, and the
adult 11. Messrs. Coquillett and ‘Kos came to the same conclusions,
ci all have overlooked a form w we have found en abundantly
mong the material we have sindici, and which seems to constitute an
AP E stage between the t and second, and which is
of course produced by an additional molt whic h we have personally ob-
served in the field. Hence the so-called “second stage" of these authors
204
becomes third, while the adult female is fourth instead of third, and
thbró ar63 Mon lts instead of 2.
This new intermediate form differs from the female larva of the first
do
piata 6, but their relative proportions are quite different. The antennæ
a whole are relatively much shorter.. Joint 1 is short and stout, its
at and tip, each considerably narrower than joint 3, and each
of the same length as joint 2 ; soit 6 (club) is of an irregular sha
at it is as narrow as joint 5, 3 Nd Y Bro until it is slightly
base and tip. The antenne carry about the same number of hairs as in
the first stage, but those homologous with the four very long hairs of
the club in that stage are in this second stage but little longer than the
other antennal hairs. The eyes do not appear on e e margin of the
are only seen on a ventral view. The legs are proportionately
much shorter, and the femora are stouter; the others are broader
distally, and consequently form a broader triangle in shape. The six
es at the anal end of the body are still present, but the hairs
which thay bear are much shorter. The secretory pores are no longer
arranged in rows, but are scattered sparsely over the back and under
the sides. The back is more hairy, and the short black hairs occur in
irregular tufts
FrxaLE Larva—Turrp SrAGr.— That which has heretofore been
considered the second stage, and HON as we have just seen, is the
third, may be described as follows
Th y is broadly oval in cen and reddish-brown in colour, but
4,
length, and each is about as long as broad; joints 2 and 3 are broader
and considerably longer ; joint. lis like the corresponding joint in the
previous stage ; joint 9 (club) is a suboval joint, proportionately much
smaller than in the previous stages; it does not exceed joint 8 in width,
and it does not quite equal joints 7 and 8 together in length. The long
hairs of the club are proportionately quite short. The insect as a whole
and circular, and, seen directly from above, have a eyed eh
indicating a circular ous orifice. Around the edge of t
a row of much larger 3, brown in colour, which protrude ote the
body, masked by the lateral tufts of hair, each with a circular crown or
lip at tip, from which s along, fragile, glassy tu le
205
prenh m though hardly noticeable as they protrude from the mass of
hairs.
fe Anon LT FEMALE—FOURTH SraGe.—Immediately after the molt
by which the insect passes into this stage, it is free from the waxy ex-
cretion and presents a broadly oval form, flattened below and quite strongly
i i ised ac e
er spots, especially upon the front half and along the sides of the
posterior half of the body, and the scm nne and legs are black. The
"— are now 11-jointed instead of 9 ; joint 1 is seed twice as wide
ally and slightly in length and decrease very slightly in width ; joint 11
(club) is irregularly ovoid and is one and one-half times as long as 10;
the special hairs are a little shorter than in the previous stage. The
whole body is furnished with short black hairs, more numerous than in
the last stage, arranged in tufts, partieularly around the edge, where
they oecur in a double parallel row, the inner row being practically sub-
dorsal and accentuated by a slight "ridge. Down the central portion of
the dorsum of the abdomen the segments are indicated by the transverse
rows of hair tufts. The secretory pores are exceedingly abundant,
occurring in enormous numbers just under the lateral edges of the body,
and scattered more sparsely over the back. The individual wax fila-
ments which issue from these pores are very delicate and curly, and
there is reason to suppose that two or three issue at one time from one
Thi:
x^ an eir ring of ims binh a are yellowish in colour instead of
k arising from
Fre d in the last stage are now very long and radiate from the body
n almost every direction. They break off iv ad já n often reach
c e
the seventh abdominal segment. It is surrounded by a transversely oval
chitinous ring.
Tue Eaa-sac.—As the body of the female begins to swell from the
eggs forming inside, the beginning of the egg-sac is made. The female
lies flat on the bark, the edges of the body turned slightly upwards, and
the waxy material of which the sac is composed begins to issue from
countless pores on the under side of the body, but more especially along
the sides below. As the secretion advances the body is raised, the
the surface to which d is baa ached. The egg-laying commences as soon
as a thin layer of the ion has formed on the og side of the
abdomen, and it Sainas Daa the ‘gegen of the There soon
appears around the edge of the abdomen a narr g of white felt-like
wax, which is divided into a number ‘of flutings zn hese flutings grow
in length and the mass of eggs and wax under them increases, forcing
the female upward until the sac is completed. When completed, it is
from two to two and one-half times the length of the female's body. It
f a snow-white colour, and the outside is covered with 15 of these
longitudinal ridges or flutings, of subequal size, except that the middle
206
one is smaller than the others, The upper part of the sac is firm in
texture, but the lower is looser T thinner, and from the middle of the
under side the young make their escape soon after hatching. The size
of the sac and the length of time Bum in its growth depends, leaving
Í nt i
tion eontinues, the secretion of wax aecompani and the egg-mass
j guns. Gonegraing the rate of growth Mr. mee gives the following
i
eR On ie, 4th of “May of the present season I marked a large number
of females which were located upon the trunk of an orange tree that was
not in a very healthy condition. These females had just begun to secrete
the cottony matter, the latter at this date being in the form of short but
broad tufts around the margin of the abdomen, those at the-hind end of
the latter being longest. By the 31st of May the cottony matter
was equal in length to one-third of the female’s body, and by the middle
of July it about equalled in length the — body of the female. A:
e on
ul
together likely, Seele that these egg-masses wodi ie ‘been com-
leted in a shorter time had the females been located upon a healthy tree,
-masses found upon healthy trees attain larger size than those
Tod upon sickly trees, owing doubtless to the fact that the females
living upon trees ie the ormer kind are more vigorous than those
upon unhealthy tree
Tue MALE cannes ROBABLE SECOND STAGE.—Neither
has not yet been pine and w we pm Re suspect may be the
male in the second stage. E It differs from our supposed
second stage of the female in its more slender form, longer and stouter
legs, and longer and stouter ciues The legs e antenne are not
corresponding female stage, and the mentum lo da
tenn® are 6-join nd the joints have precisely the
same i relative bed sco asin th ipes retory pores
ea
that the beak is entirely wanting g, the — from which it arises in
the earlier stages being replaced by a shallow triangular depression.
ly is almost naked, being very ipid; covered with a short,
white, cottony matter, and is destitute of the short but stout black hairs
which are found upon the body of the female during the third and fourth
stages of her life. In the absence of black spots and in the 9-jointed
antenns he agrees with the similar or third (a of Mie female, and the
average length m full iue m is about 3"? an ter about 17".
THE N.—When ce died ems has reached
full growth and is vibes to transform it wanders about in search of a
place of concealment, final KA rig Age a bit of projeoting
Ht pc enp leaves in — ote recy the tree, or even w
ee, uently, probably d n
1
adhesive than that of which the egg-sac of the female is composed.
After a certain amount has been exuded the larva moves backwards very
slowly, the exudation continuing until the mass is from 7?" to 10™ in
length. From this method of retrogression it happens that the body of
the larva is frequently seen protrudin iorly from the mass, which
naturally leads to the erroneous conclusion that the material is secreted
more abundantly from the fore part of the body, whereas the reverse is
the case. When the mass has reached the proper length the larva casts
its skin, which remains in the Gon end of the cocoon, and pushes itself
forward into the middle of the cocoon.
he pupa has ne same tiber dae as the larva, the antenna, legs,
and wing-pads being p = m eyes dark, It has also the same
general form and size. mbers are free anes slightly movable,
so that they vary in position, rhv ordinarily the ssed
close to the side, reaching to basal part of diétithóeaic (ventrally) ; the
wing-pads also against the side, elongate-ovate in form and reaching to
Į joint. T
sometimes exuded in sufficient quantities to give quite a mealy
appearance.
Whenever the pupæ are taken from the cocoon and placed naked in
tin box they exude a certain amount of wax, often eao aough to partially
hide them from view. If disturbed they twist and bend their bodies
quite vigorously.
The cocoon is of an irregular elongate shape, appearing a little denser
in the centre, where the pupa has placed itself, and at the
delicate and-translucent. The material of which the cocoon is com-
peers is very delicate, and appears like the finest cones but on sub-
ission to a gentle heat it melts as readily as the coarser seeretion of
the anres and leaves the larva or pupa, as the case may be, clean and
pose
er ADULT MALE.—A careful te are of the male of this species
has never been published. It was unknown to Mr. Maskell at the date
e to large
* glass in the hope of obtaining the males, but hitherto without success
* I once, however, found on my window a male of some Coccus which
* I thought was very probably that of the introdueed species, as it
agreed in most of its important characters with Westwood's ara of
* the male Dorthesia characias. It was dark red, with the wings gray,
* and very slender and fragile ein its structure, It hasia 48 inch
e expanded wi
gs.”
e was unknown to Professor Comstock, but was — briefly
o Wo,
208
mentioned by Dr. Chapin in the first report of the Board of State Horti-
cultural Commissioners, Sacramento, 1882, p. 68. He found the male
n numbers during a period of two weeks from September 25, 1881,
but did not observe it in 1882. It is also mentioned by Matthew Cooke
in his * Injurious Insects," &e., 1883. , and a roug é
characteristic figure is given at Fig. 146, Plate s few its of
description are: * a nech, winged ; colour, thorax and body d rk
“ extending fr Tod ae each joint ; wings, brown, ir iridescent,” The following
detailed description is drawn up from numerous specimens, both mounted
and livi
“ The o adul male is a trifle over 3?" in length, and has an average
wing expans of 7:5"", The general colour is orange red. The head
above is Biaigalsr ] in shape, with the apex blunt and abge forward
between the bases of the antennw. The eyes are placed at the other
of the head is a stellate black spot with five prongs, one projectiag
forward on the i lengthening of the head, one on each side to a
point just yu i e eyes and just posterior to the bases of the
antennz, and the ning two extending laterally rui behind
= eyes, The bcm are light brown in colour, and ar
n joints. Joint 1 is stout, almost globular, and uy as i brand as
long: een 2 is half as broad as 1 and is somewhat longer ; J 3 is
— (€ twice as long as 1 and slightly narrower than 2; join 5, 6,
7, 8, 9 La 10 are all of about the same length as joint 3, E grow
successively a little more slender ; each joint, except joint 1, is furnished
oe of long light-brown hairs, one near base and the other
ach joint is somewhat constricted between its two whorls, joint
2 less so diem the others. There are no visible ocelli. The p
has two wavy subdorsal longitudinal black lines, and the mesonotum is
nearly all black, except an oval patch on the scutum, "The metanotal
spiracles are black, and there is a pete hes cuis car black mark,
with a short medium backward prolongation. The mesosternum is
black. The legs are also nearly black and quite mms furnished with
short hairs. The wings are smoky black, and are covered with rounded
wavy elevations, making a reticulate surface, a ates: section of which
would appear crenulate. The costa is thick = brown above the sub-
. costal vein, which reaches costa at a trifle more than four-fifths the
length of the wing. ‘The only other vein (the Medis) is given off at
about one sixth the length M" the wing, and extends out into the dise
a little more than one half the wing length. There are, in addition,
iwo white lines, one extending out from the fork of the subcostal and
the median nearly straight to the tip of the wing, and one a the pæ
in a gradual curve to a point some distance below the tip
of the wing below is a small e "eee eccle folded ady
on itself, making a sort of pocket. e halteres are foliate, and fur-
nished at tip with two hooks, which at into the folded projection at base
of wings. The abdomen is slightly hairy, with the joints well marked,
and is furnished at tip with two strong projections, each of which bears
at aut four long hairs and a few shorter ones. When the insect is at rest
e wings lie flat upon the back.”
Bari OF GROWTH OF THE DIFFERENT STAGES,
Eis rate of growth of the insect necessarily depends so much upon
urrounding conditions, and especially on the mean temperature, that
209
facts have hitherto been published which beet Bie "thia int. Mr.
Coquillett's observations show that individuals hatehed from eggs on
the 4th of March cast the first skin on the 23rd of April, and underwent
the last moult on the 23rd of May. Mr. Koebele also reports a ease
which bears upon this point, and which is interesting as occurring later
in the season. He placed four newly-hatched larve on a healthy y young
orange tree, out of doors, August 5. On ee ember 26 two of t
passed through the first moált. October 10 one more moulted, and o on
October 23 the fourth cast its first skin. All left the iem after moulting
and settled on young twigs. None of them had gone through the last
ber
t when he left Los Angeles, Novem as afterwards
informed by Mr. Alexander Craw, of Los Angeles, that nearly all of the
sects wer ll grown in February, and erefore concluded t
cues rM observed by him would not attain full growth before
t
The 1 edis male larva requires on an average about 10 Bets from the
time it begins to form the cocoon before nt the pu
the pupa state lasts from two to three wee The more yeltahfe infor-
mation we have been able to obtain would show that at Los Angeles the
average number of generations each year is three.
HABITS.
e newly-hatched larvæ settle upon the leaves and tender twigs,
insert their beaks, and imbibe the sap. On passing into the third stage
they seem to prefer to settle upon the smaller twigs, although a few are
found upon the leaves and still fewer ı the lar rger branches and
trunk. The adults, however, almost invariably prefer the trank and
largest branches
e insect is rarely found in any of its stages upon the frui
The species differs markedly from most Coccidæ in bein ng active
during the greater part of its life, pone most of the travelling is done
by the female immediately after the third molt and by the male just
before settling to make his cočöai. At these periods they wander up
and down the trunk and larger limbs until they find some suitable place,
when they settle down, the male to pupate and the female to insert her
beak and develop her eggs and their characteristic waxy covering. pacs
is capable of slow motion even after oviposition has commenced, b
rarely does move unless from some exceptional cause. ` In thus sae a
after their last wanderings both sexes are fond of shelter and will get
under any projecting piece of bark or under bandages placed around the
tree, the male often creeping under clods of earth. Both the female and
= male, in adolescence, are most gem during the hotter parts of the
and remain stationary at night ; but ect or winged male is
Tiber sluggish during ihe day, inl remaining motionless on the
under side of the leaves of low plants or high trees, in crevices of the
vark, or wedged in between females on the tree. ‘There seems, in fact,
to be a well-marked attempt at concealment. The recently developed
individuals are found abundantly on or under clods of eart ar their
pupal cocoons, and they issue most numerously during the latter part of
the aftern They are at first weak, awkward, and ungainly, and
instinctive y sak some projection on the tree or elevation on the ground
_ from which to launch on the wing.
At the approach of night they become imbued with a very high
degree of activity and dart rapidly about on the wing. At su ich times
o $9529.
210
they swarm around the mper trees, aud many of the females, even
some with large egg-masses, their bodies raised obliquely from the
bark, as though aware of the ti of the males. In September and
October Mr. Koebele noticed that the males began their flight about
5 o’clock, and as soon as it was fairly dark they again settled down to
rest. None have been observed flying at night and none have been
attracted to the electric lights.
EXUDATION OF THE HONEY-DEW.
lt required but a few hours upon our first visit to Los Angeles, the
latter part of March, to become familiar with the insect in all its habits
and conditions, as at that season the species is to be found in E con-
ditions from the egg through all the stages of both sexes.
characteristic of this remarkable insect which most obviously aisi ,
our attention and distinguished it from all other species of the family,
even where there were no gravid females with the fluted cushion, was
the saccharine exudation. As with most Aphids and Coecids, this sweet
liquid is exuded at all stages of growth, but is most copious from the
adplt female just before oviposition begins. It is expelled with con-
siderable force fr:
om the large pore already described, and in hot weather
with sufficient rapidity to produce all the effects of honey-dew. Usually
it is limpid eno to soak and discolour the trunk and to drop as it
leaves, etimes being remind
one of a shower; but at other times, and especially during dry weather,
the sugar condenses and forms large drops or f white, semi-
opaque, sirupy we scie rete - and often completely covers the
insect, so that the trunk of the Psy dee uch as if it had be
bespattered with plies potash or me ad's stearine. At Shé times the
liquid parts evaporate entirely and leaye masses of pure white powdery
sugar.
Honey-loving insects seek this sugary secretion in numbers, and it is
always followed by the black mold or smut ( Capnodium citri), which
is so universal an accompaniment of all honey-secreting Homoptera,
living as it does on n saccharine e osit. The secretion being so
Monk or SPREAD AND DISTRIBUTION.
The spread of ae species will be aided by very much the same
> aie bs aff spread and dissemination of other species of
We lins ve nagi in 1868, in treating of the Oyster-
shell Pak lass of the Apple,* and again four years el grs
the paige ci) methods by which such. Lem is irrita , by the
agency of wind and running water; by the g bein rid upon
birds and bus animals, particularly flying demum frequenting the same
trees; but primarily by transport upon scions and n stock.
In insects like the Coccidæ, where the Terei ve per er is confined
forthe most part to is ew days i in early larval life, the species would be
x —— restrieted in range, and would never pass from one country
* o
* First Report Insects of Missouri, p. 15s ity
f Fifth Report Insects of Missouri, pp. 85, 86.
211
to another, except by some of the agencies above indicated. Our obser-
xd Mr. Hubbard in Florida, and given in the special report
= distribution of the particular species in question, all go to confirm
of these m
oH lady-birds (Coccinellide), and more particularly gossamer spiders,
active agencies in such distribution. The agency of the wind, as
indicated by the more rapid spreading in the direction of prevailing
winds, has often been verified. Mr. Coquillett reports; “In the infested
* part of this city (Los Angeles) is a large vineyard, and on both the
Y Eh and south sides of it is an orange orchard infested by these
“ insects; but, while the recently-hatched pee occur on the vines as
** far out as the tenth row of grape vines on the south side of the vine-
* yard, they are not found upon the vines MALI the third row on the
* north side, the wind, as stated above, blowing from the south-west.
: young inse nust have been carried by the wind from th
“ infest nge tr either side vineyard
experience in California showed that similar evidence of influence
of the prevailing wind in promoting the sp the species is general.
While Mr. Hubbard's observations sho the action the wind
is indirect rather than direct, by influencing the pager of winged site
and the floating of spiders which transport the scale-insects, yet
have every reason to believe that winds have dies more direet Seow
than is generally supposed, especially in the case of severe storms pass-
ing over infested districts at the right season. We laid emphasis on this
in our earlier writings, and Mr. Coquillett, while admitting the influence
of birds, insects, and water in the transportation of our Zcerya, lays
reatest stress upon the direct agency of the wind, Young scale-insects
are not easily dislodged, but where a tree is badl y infested there is every
reason ie. believe that they instinctively drop from the term inal twigs,
and their specifie gravity is so slight, that they may be carried long
dish | in strong wind cur
In to the rbd of birds upon the spread of the Cottony
Cushion- sale Mr. Coquillett sated that whenever the nest of a
bird is found upon a tree recently infested with this insect, the latter
doubt also that the irrigating ditches have a very marked influence on
the spread o$ ine species, as many of the ditches pass under infested
trees, and the y secretion serves both to protect the insect from the
water and to facilitate floating.
While, therefore, the gradual prend from ronem. to orehard is in the
main through the agency of other flying insects samer spiders,
yet the transportation of the pests to long distances ET necessarily be
effected through the agency of high uds birds ga man in EON
intercourse, the latter being probably the only 8 by which the
species have been introduced from one country to pe an by
wide ocean areas.
NATURAL ENEMIES.
Bırps.—The natural enemies of the Cottony Cushion-scale seem to
be very few in number, not only in California but also in South Africa
and New Zealand. In South Africa the only bird which is recorded as
2123
feeding upon this scale is the common “ White Eye" (Zosterops ca-
pensis), and this is given by Mr. Trimen Saai hearsay evidence only :
* I have not uotioed any of our small birds attacking the Dorthesia,
* but Mr. C. B. Elliott tells me that his boys have observed the little
“¿White Eye’ * * * pecking at them." From what we have
le to learn of the habits of this bird, however, we are inclined
to think that it is attracted rather by the abundant secretion of hone ey-
eim and the minute insects caught in it than by the seale-insects them-
"Neither Mr. Coquillett nor Mr. Koebele observed any bird feeding
The r : i à .
it. ason for this exemption is prob the copious secre-
tion of wax h is doubtless distasteful. Several reliable persons
report ducks and chicke ed greedily upon those scale-insects
*
PREDACEOUS emi: a ea che edaceous ks oak by os
Coquillett to ^em upon ony Cushion-seale was the larv a
species of Lace-wing fly ( ph sp.), which was sot DA èd and pei
be named more ex ctly
The pete Nee Eady: bird ( A a oe ambigua) has been. noticed
feeding upon "the eggs when they were exposed to view by the egg-sac
being broken open ; bat neither this nor any other species of Lady-bird
was seen to feed upon the adult insect, although commonly attracted by
the honey-dew secreted.
Among the predaceous insects found by Mr. Koebele and sent us
for study we may mention first the larva of a small moth (Blastobasis
icerycella n. sp. Y although as yet we are not certain that it ordinarily
preys upon the living and uninjured siéde-inacs or their eges. Bigs
certain other so-called predaceous Lepidoptera, it may ed
primarily by the waxy secretions of the bark-lice, and’ only oiden
destroy the insects and their eggs. These larvæ were often found
eedi
ing in th -masses of females which had been destroy
soap washes, and = in sacs the eggs of which had hatched some
time previously, but never upon fresh eggs. One of the larvæ, kept i
a glass tube with aai wakes and fresh. eggs, fed slightly on the waxy
mass, but did not thrive until after the sales died. It then fed upon
the dead seales and moulted, but died before transformin g. Two nearly
full-grown larv: fed readily on dead scales which te still soft, and
passed through their transformations successfully. ‘The same insect fed
readily upon "the Black Seale (Leca anium ole), in this case eatin
st as does the Coe
Dakruma (Dakruma coccidivora)* in feeding upon the C ottony Maple-
scale at the yum:
* *
The most efficient diem of the Cottony Cushion-scale at Los
Angeles is Ep a species “of earwig, family Forficulide neither the
genus nor species of which we are able to determine, from the fact that
we enn only seen immature specimens. According to Mr. Koebele
this insect is often met with among the scales, and, from oe
which he made, feeds greedily upon the Icerya in all stages, tearing
open the egg-masses and eating the eggs, and also tearing and eating the
mature mepeti as well as sagt larvee vae
* %
have bred a species of Dakruma the pet s ede hable from D.
c aa gor the Cochineal insect (Coc acti) r em "y à A.
, of San Antonio, Tex., who policat "the ` hi h i
Finoh) went Collie, Li "un ma 5 bis Pei e éosélinens rs is p C uka
-
213
In a recent communication from Miss Ormerod, already mentioned
on p. 196, she writes as follows of a predaceous insect discovered p her
nt, Mr. Bairstow, of Port Elizabeth, Cape Colony
“It will gius be of some interest to mention that Mr. Baik tow
un species of Coccinella which has proved (as far ou
Soleopierists are aware) to be ge iously undescribed, to be so exceed-
ingly serviceable in destroying the ‘ ustrali an bug,’ as bec eall =
i appli
mined
specimens sent over for me, and I a to notice it, with fall tectitriesl
description and a figure, as Rodolia icerye.”
Parasites.—It is a somewhat reisicialilo faet that no true parasites
were ever bred from the Cottony Cushion-seale until the past summer,
and still more remarkable that in the course of their careful investiga-
tions, extending over a space of six months, neither Mr. Coquillett nor
Mr. Koebele sueceeded in finding a singie parasite upon this insect.
From a number = scales, however, sent to Washington by Mr. Koebele,
November 10, bred, on December 8, two specimens " a small
Chaleid, which is, without question, a true parasite of Icerya, as the
female scales ae pe they eseaped were found each with a small
round mue in i
This little ein inis a is prettily marked with black aud dri It is
new to our fauna and may have been imported with its hos
* 5 * * * *
REMEDIES AND PREVENTIVE MEASURES.
We have indicated in the introduction to this report the more im-
portant results of the experiments carried on at Los Angeles by Messrs.
Coquillett and Koebele, and as their reports are later given in full we
shall refrain from entering into detail here, and state only a few of the
more important convictions that curn us after the first week's
experienee in the orange groves of Californ
Importation OF PARASITES. Mr es general —€— of the intro-
duction of parasites which affect a species in its native land, and which
have not ac ccompanied it into me land of its introduction, has been
insisted on in our earlier writings and in those of others, and the ease
with which this may be y in the case of the more minute parasites of
scale insects adds to its importance in their connection. Jonsidering
the fearful one already iR to California orange growers by t
species (the Jce ma in question and the California Red Sea
duced from Australia, we know of no way in which the Department
administrative action in details which can neither be properly understood
nor anticipated by committees.
Preventive Actrion.—The value of clean culture and fertilizing
where necessary to — vigorous growth, but more particularly of
wise pruning, so as to let 1 the sun and rain to the heart of re cm
has been set t forth in the epics! report of the Division on the Insects
sas the Orange, PEN Mr. Hubbard, and apply equally to California
* This parasite is described by Mr. Howard as Zsodromus drm How.
214
as to Florida. We have also been particularly impressed with the value
of wind-breaks of coniferous pen not soetad, b the Coccidæ that infest
the Orange, both as shelter to the trees and as screens je prevent the
spread of the Zcerya from invested aed outside the grov
PRAYING WITH ÍNSECTICID e orange-growers “of the Pacific '
have aneno greatly from the sem viee and recommendations of biased or
interested persons, who were prejudiced in favour of their own particular
remedies, and were for a long time unwilling to profit by the results of
thorough and careful experiments which we have for some years con-
ducted in the East, and which are in the main embodied in Mr. Hub-
bard’s report. A pretty thorough personal survey of the field zd
convinced us that while the resin soaps experimented. with na Mr. Koe
e x a valuable addition to our insecticides for the orange Cocci
yet in the main our experience in Florida is repeated in California, aoe
all fies more satisfactory washes have kerosene as their effective base.
There has been, and is, however, a very great waste in applying it, and
where from 10 to 50 or more gallons have been used on a single "tree,
from 2 to 4 would su
We cannot urge too aod; the fact that in the case of this Zcerya,
as most other orange-feeding occidz, it is practically impossible, wa
t
.
m indivi
curl, bark-scale, or other shelter, will escape, and with their cond
eny soon over the tree again if left unmolested. n
two orthree sprayings at intervals of not more than a month are far
preferable to any single treatment, however thorough; and this is par-
ticularly true of the Zcerya, which occurs on so many other plants, and
which in badly-infested groves is crawling over the ground between
It is now the custom to use the time of a team and 2 men for
fifteen to twenty minutes or more, and 10 gallons and upward of liquid
on a single medium-sized tree, In this way the tree is soaked until the
fluid rains to the ground and is lost in great pape some growers
using sheet-iro aee plates around the base of the tree to save and re-
use the otherwise wasted marerial. 'This is all wrong so far as the oil
emulsion is concerned, as the oil, rising to the surface, falls from the
leaves and wastes more proportionally than the water.
e essence of successful spraying of the kerosene emulsion consists
in forcing it asa mist from the heart of the tree first and the
the periphery, allowing as little as possible to fall to the ground and
permitting each spray particle to adhere. It is best done in the cool of
the day, and, where possible, in oo and cloudy weather. With one
fifth of the time and material now expended in California the spraying
should be successfully done, so that three sprayings oi p oper intervals
will be cheaper and far more satisfactory than only one as ordinarily
conducted. In this particular neither Mr. Coquillett's nor Mr. Koebele’s
iments are edipi satisfactory, as we were so far from the field
while they were being carried on as to render any special stones Bee of
them impossible. Both. strove e the practically impossible, viz., the
much stronger reg "Ang. The resin compounds may doubtless be
used to advantage in vircs B with the kerosene emulsions ; but any-
thing which will give permanence and preventive character to the hee
will add greatly to its value. Without going ge details as to reason
we would therefore recommend the addi every 50 allow of the
soap wash, made after the usual ‘i ounces
acid. _ Though the arsenical preparations are mainly iion gt Mine:
215
mandibulate insects, by poisoning ages the stomach, they have also
== or less effect by contact, and we are strongly of the opinion (which
we hope soon to verify) that this donibinatiod, for the first time recom-
mended, will give the spray most lasting effect, and that the few insects
which escape the direct spray will be - deltroyod as they subsequently
leave their protecting retreats or hatch from eggs and crawl about the
tre. Asa means of arresting the growth of the black-mould (which is,
however, only the indirect consequence of the Coccid), so troublesome
an accompaniment of de Icerya, a small proportion of sulphate of
Just as there is now a g eat wastage of time and material in drenching
a tree, so the spraying tidal most in vogue in California is also waste-
The spra
give this nozzle its popularity under the mistaken spraying notions
which prevail, and to this we must add the = that, being a patented
contrivance, it is well advertised and on the market
he cyclone nozzle has not yet proper ‘trial to impress its advan-
es, having scarcely been known prior to the en ce ments of Messrs.
é * b oie
the size of the outlet to be regulated by the force of the pump. There
is no form of nozzle so simple and so easily adjustable to all purposes.
alt adjusted to the rim worked from the centre of the tree, will
envelop it in a perfect [o ting mist, which in a ve
will imbue all Wer ts. For tall trees a more forcible direct
spray might be sent from the end by substituting an ordinary jet and
the wire extension whia is simply an extension tube screwed over the
5 t
gas, vapour, or fume be discovered that will rapidly kill all the insects
without injuring the tree; virtues not easily combined in such subtile
edia
In Florida proper spraying has been found to be so effectual and
satisfactory that no elaborate experiments in fumigating have been
216
undertaken, and we are fully satisfied that proper spraying will also
pom sufficient in California. But so muc rk has been done
so ny ti
in the Wolfskill p at Los Angeles, which lead hes to believe
that they have discovered a gas which possesses the nd. autes,
and trees that had been treated and which we examined pretty carefully
would seem to justify their hopes. Several ingenious movable-tent
contrivances are also being developed in Los Angeles County that give
promise of practical utility and feasibility, and which we may have
AGES AROUND THE 'TRUNK.— There is alw ays danger that a tree
onre sprayed will a reinfested on the insects that have not been
ched i
crawl up the trunk. y of the sticky bandages used for the canker-
will cheek this ascent, but when placed directly on the trunk isa
do more harm than good. They should be placed upon strips of ta
otker stout paper or felting g, tied by a cord around the middle, the E
end flared slightly outy zard, and the space between it and the trunk
led wit soil, to pre he insects from creeping beneath. Cotton
seas not be "used for this purpose, as birds for nesting purposes carry
way ee of it containing the young insects, and thus help to
dieti them
CORCEUSON. —All possible care should be taken in cultivating and
harvesting the erop to prevent dissemination of the young upon clothi g,
re
legislated against m an this Zcerya in California. Yet while some good
has resu ulted, the laws have too often proved inoperative, either th mp.
the negligence or ignorance of the officers appointed to execute then
or, more often, the eE, ERER e of the courts and their unwillingness i
enforce them with vigour.
The IA has come to stay. No human endeavour can exterminate
it. Bnt may be controlled, and while the greatest possible co-
operation "utt be urged, aud, if possible, enforced, yet each orange-
grower must in the end depend. upon his own ere ; and we say to
.
them, individually and collectively, that there no occasion for dis-
couragement. ‘This insect has made profitable peeps, x | growing on the
Pacific eoast more difficult and more of a scie ; but, by makin it
impossible at the same time for the shiftless to pasaet | in their business,
it will come to be looked upon as a not unmixed evil.
[All Rights Reserved. ]
ROYAL GARDENS, KEW.
BULLETIN
OF
MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION.
No. 33.] SEPTEMBER. [1889.
CVI.—FLOWERS OF CALLIGONUM AS AN ARTICLE
OF F00D IN N.W. INDIA.
The transfer to the Royal Gardens in 1879 of the economico-botanical
enses formerly forming part of the India Museum at South Ken-
ingto v reed upon Kew the duty of maintaining on exhibition a
Bomb
a and Panicum flavidum, December 1887; Coix gigantea,
Nona 1888
The use of flowers as an article of food is somewhat uncommon.
Mere fugitive structures for the most part, their transitory purpose
precludes the plant wasting upon them any of its carefully economised
LONDON:
PRINTED d bos MAJESTY'S ace OFFICE,
RE AND SPOTTI E,
PRINTERS - i QUEEN'S MOST itt MAJESTY.
0 be purchased, either directly or through any Bookseller, from
EYRE AND v» SPOTTISWOODE, ime T HARDING STREET, FLEET STREET, E.C., und
M GDON STREET, S.W.; or
ADAM anD CHARLE BLACK, 6, NORTH BRIDGE, mere or
HODGES, FIGGIS, & Co., 104, GRAFTON STREET, DUBLI
1889.
Price Twopence.
218
store of reserve-materials. It is the natural accumulations of these
reserve-materials, whether in the fruit, the seed, the stem, the tuber, or
the root, which mankind has learnt to appropriate and divert to its own
d the flower is rarely available in this way. The use of Lily
flowers by the Chinese, discussed in the Bulletin for May 1889, is
scarcely an exception, as these are used as little more than a condiment.
India, however, affords more than one instance of flower s having a real
value as articles of food. The well-known ig tree (Bassia latifolia)
is an example. Sir Dietrich Brandis states ( Forest Flora of North-west
and Central India, p. 290) :—-* The Baot prios fall by night in
i ered early i i
eetmeats
Another instance is afforded by the flowers of Calligonum poly-
gonoides. Atten ep anther been drawn to the fact that the Kew
useum containe specimen of n curious product, the following
letter was peneme i the India Office
Rovar GARDENS, Kew, to INpiA OFFICE.
Royal Gardens, Kew,
Sir, April 12, 1888.
2. A oe of the plant is given "d Sir Dietrich Brandis in the
Forest Flora of North-west and Central — p. 372, and by
ark in A Manual of Indian Timbers, p. 3
. Mr. Thiselton Dyer would be glad to obtain for the yt te of
CUu Botany at Kew samples of the dried flowers of the plant in
question, together with any pee of them in the form of A or
otherwise which may be avai
m, &c.,
(Signed) E D. Morris,
J. A. Godley, Esq., C.B.
InprA Orrick to Royat GARDENS, Kew.
India Office, W B A "d ä
Sir, 89.
: 1TH reference to the letter from this Office of de TAth May
1888, Is am directed by the Sec CIA of State for India to forward here-
with, for your information, a cop a ote on an article of food
prepared from the flowers of the Phog » ( lide polygonoides), by
. J. F. Duthie, Director of the Botanical Department, Northern
India, and to inform you that a tin case received from India, ene
specimens of the above-mentioned plant has been sent to your addres
am, &c.,
(Signed) C. E. BERNAR
: Secretary, ym and
Director, Statistics Depstiadt
Royal Gardens, Kew.
219
[ Enclosure. | - :
Nore on an Article of Food prepared from the Flowers of “ Phog "
(Calligonum polygonoides).
Exrracts from Dr. J. L. Stewart’s Punjab Plants, p. 183.
Calligonum. polygonoides, L. Vernacular Trans-Indus, balanja
berwaja, tatuke, Cis-Indus, phok, phog ; flowers phogalli. This which-
Mozaffargarh for some miles. It is also common near the southern
and eastern skirts of Shaikh Budin, and occurs near Rajanpur in the’
3 *X * * (No
i
southern Trans-Indus. also saw it in Sind, * * Cis-
Sutlej, and in the southern Punjab. The flowers, having fallen off, are
swept up from the and used largely as food (not, however,
Trans-Indus apparently). Coldstream states that in Mozzaffargarh they
Exrracts from Dr. J. L. Stewart’s MS. Forest Flora of Northern
India.
‘ommon on plains, locally in various arid parts of the Punjab, Cis-
and Trans-Indus, south of a line and somewhat north of the latitude of
Lahore; most abundant of all for some way west of Mozzaffaigarh,
where it constitutes in places half of the larger vegetation, and except
after showers there is almost no herb us growth, Salvadora oleoides
being the other half.‘ Also occurs in Sind along bases of bills, and
although it has not been got in Ferozpur or Harriana, east of the Sutlej,
is noted to be one of the most abundant and characteristic plants of the
Arabia, Syria, Armenia, Egypt, Algeria, and the Canaries
G t riously, often on hummocks of heavier soil,
spreading,
igh, rather showy and peculiar-looking when fresh and in flower
* x *
E 39869. 750.—9/89. > Wt.l. E.&8. ác
x
220
Extract from letter of 2nd April 1889 from the Deputy Conservator
Forests, Multan aes to the Director, Botanical Depart-
ment, Northern India
It appears that the PESE are gathered and used by the poorer classes
only. They are cooked in two ways: (a) mixed with flour in the pro-
ee of one-fourth to one-third phog flowers to flour ; (5) ey
with salt and condiments, to which those who ar re able add a little e ghee
this preperation is eaten with the ordinary “roti” as a relish like
* dal di
The flowers are kept for a night in a closed earthenware vessel so as
to fade, but it ns gmat that they may be kept for along time. I send
a specimen of last year’s fl
In Mozaffargarli the season for gathering seems to be just over, as
the plants are in fruit.
Extract from letter dated 6th April 1889 from Capt. G. Wingate,
Assistant Commissary-General, Rawal Pindi, to the Director,
Botanical Department, Norden India
I enclose herewith a specimen of the ling bush x evi and
seeds, which I have procured from the Mozaffargarh distri
y the poorest classes use the flower as fcod to help ee the bepp?
of better mey They collect the flowers, keep them usually in an
earthen vessel over a day, then cook them with salt or other condiments,
and, if they ean afford it, with ghee, and then the mass is eaten as a
sort of vegetable. or very much in place of the dals eaten with rice in
Bengal *
bus the flowers are kneaded up in the thin atta, about one-
fourth lowers to three-fourths atta, and baked in cakes and eaten
The mes keep well for a long time.
It will be interesting to ascertain the value of this particular kind of
food, consisting as it does of the abortive flowers of a plant belonging
toa "family the seeds of which, as in the case of buckwheat, from the
usual edible portion of the plant.
J. F. Duru
Dirooter, Botanical emn
Simla, 1st May 1889. North
A portion of the phog flowers received from the India Office wa
placed in the hands of A. H. Church, mt , F.R.S. irre of
he
d Water > - - - ap 0 per cent,
Oil &c. ~- - - e UR ro
Albuminoids - - - 16:7 »
Sugar, &c. - +. - - 46:1 5
Cellulose - - - = 10°C yj
Ash F z - 7e ”
221
“ The following crete may be useful in the further E of
the above analyti umbers. The “oil, &c." represents the per-ce
of matters extracted y» ether, which though usually regarded as oil or
fat, really contain traces of wax, resin, colouring matter,
* albuminoids, &e. were obtained by regarding the whole of the nitrogen
present as existing In the albuminoid form. It was found, howe
that by the phenol method, the per-centage of coagulate albuminoids did
not exceed 12°53; this. shows that, in the original flowers, out of 2:632
per cent. of nitrogen, 0°65 existed in the form of amides and eren
ies. No starch could be detected, but abundance of sugar
present; the 46 per cent. entered under this head includes, however;
some gum or mucilage. The potash and phosphoric acid in the ash were
both high.
“ The chief ham end of ge flowers, from a dietetic point of view, -
is their richness in enous compounds. The ratio of albuminoids
is as 1 to 4° e corresponding nutrient ratio in rice is as
: 1078, it n be aon how desirable an ‘addition they must prove to
foods which a e poor in nitrogen. And if we assume 16:7 per cent. of
albuminoids to be present in phog, then this nutrient-ratio will come
out still better, namely, a proportion which corresponds pretty
at in chickpeas. It should ad at there is rather
close resembla in composition between phog and the seeds of the
nce
edible amaranths and buckwheats, only sugar replaces starch,
CVIL—EARLIEST NOTICE OF COCA.
In the article on Coca in the January number of the Kew Bulletin
it was stated that the earliest account in literature of the well-known
published, aecording to Pritzel, a E Diaz in Seville in 1580,
and he calls this a posthumous editi
The well-known iade Dr. Eras, Professor of Natural History in
the University of Caracas, Ven uela, in aletter dated February nd,
on vn Eie 22d pointed out thé following grounds for believing that
the a f Coca was published by Monardes in his lifetime, and at
* With respect to Coca, I beg leave to point out he reseed
Sevill The
d
edition of 1580 by Fernando Diaz is the second of the collected pi
of Monardes. It is therefore not correct to say that this Mee my was
printed after its author's death. Monardes died 1588, as has been
proved by Morejon (Historia bibliografica de la visti espanola,
Madrid, ii, 290). Meyer has taken from this source what he says
about Monardes (Geschichte der Botanik, i., 412). The mistake about
the year in which Monardes died comes from Antonio, who says in his
222
Bibliotheca hispana (Rome, 1672, 122; Mattis 17 e, ii, 154),
what follows :—* Obiisse dicitur Octobris mense anno MD VIII.
iu s, ut ex Sm ter
* pene evanescentibus apparet, in libri hujus Medicine hispalensis
‘exemplari, quo utor: nisi deferendum sit magis tabule cujusdam
* altaris ad S. Leandri sanctimonalium Hispatensium, quae Nicolaum
* Monardem anno MDLXXVIII. non obscure refert decessisse." ”
Colmeiro (La Botanica y los botanicos de la peninsula hispano-
adrid, 1858, p. 28), remains in doubt as to which year
o e to
adopted. Morejon (l.e.) refers to the documents of a law suit between
the heirs of Monardes and one Nerozo, in which it is stated that pecie
was born about the year 1493, and died 1588, at the age of 95 yea.
* There is another mistake on page 7 of the Bulletin (lines 8 abd 9
from the bottom) instead of Najas (which means nothing), read hojas,
$e] eave
es is however not the first writer who mentions the coca.
iie nt to International Congress of Coe quss n at Berlin
in Geisha last year, a paper in French on the use of c ong so
of the tribes in northern South America, in which I believe I have
"
is work was published in 1530, and he er the notice from the
report of Fray Thomas im who accompanied Alonso Nino and Luis
Guerra in 1499 to the coast of Cumaná (Peter Martyr, Dec., vii.,
chapt. 6). Unfortunately p time will pass before "a u-— r will
be printed; but I shall send a copy to you as soon as I get o
CVIII.—BUAZE FIBRE.
(Securidaca longipedunculata, Fres.)
In February of the present year Sir Villiers Lister, Under Secretary
of State for Foreign Affairs, drew the attention of Kew to the fact that
Mr. James Nicolls, vi ipn ern on Lake Ngami, had in a report to
the Colonial Office s that *the Makouba tribe is famous for the
* beautiful m nets treated by them from the fibre of a species
* of Cactus sad grows in great abundance along the lakes and
** rivers.” The e of any eactus for the purpose seeming out of the
samples of the nets in question, together with specimens of the pla
yielding the fibre from which the nets are made, could be obtained for
the museum of the Royal Gardtn:
The following correspondence g gives the result of the inquiry: —
CAPE GOVERNMENT to COLONIAL OFFICE,
Government d Cape Town
Mx MD. c :
reference to ne Pata Tich No. 68 of the m
ultimo, I Tan the honour to enclose, for your information, a copy o
letter which I have moma T Mr. James Nicolls, eoi iq a
oci of the fishing nets made by the natives living round Lake
gami,
The net which accompanied Mr. Nicolls’s letter has been forwarded
by parcel post.
I have, &c.
(Signed) HEencULES ROBINSON.
Governor and High que Rd
The T Hon. ue uma G.C.M.G.,
&e.
Mr. Nicotts to Sir H. RoBiNsow.
i British Bechuanaland, Makini
Your EXCELLENCY, pril 16, 1889,
the honour to acknowledge - receipt do Sir
Sidney Shippard of certain communications from Lord Knutsford and
the Director of the Royal Gardens, Kew, in referent to fish nets made
by the natives around Lake Ngami an our by me in a report
I have much pleasure in now forwardi iu by post this day a specimen
of the nets in question, and should feel happy if the authorities at Kew
would be willing to accept some. The net I sent is the joint property
of mi € Hicks of this place and myself. Some months pio I
h finer specimen to Mrs. Nicolls, Belmont, Navan, county
Math, "Diod. and I have not the slightest doubt but that she ped
be only too willing to present same to the Royal Gardens, if application
were made for
I beg to ford for information a short description ofthe det from
which the nets are manufactured,
am, &c.
(Bigaedy Sua, AS Reached,
The Right Hon. Sir Hercules G. Bibimon, P.C., G.C.M.
Ke. &c. &c.
Enclosure.
Frsu Nets from Lakx NGAmi and the BOTLETLE RIVER.
ast
ward. It flourishes in pom dense shade afforded by forest trees on the
margin of the lake and river banks, and is never discovered growing at
at a distance of over 300 yards from the water. The plant itself,
especially along the river, grows in impenetrable masses, attaining at
most a height of about 5 feet. I stems, or, more properly, stalks,
averaging about 1 inch in diameter, the points of such stems being
furnished with a wonderfull de nuoc: head. The fibre is rather
thicker than that obtained ax, and when — À re ie from the
stack very closely resembles Aè fishing gut. In fa as been most
successfully used for angling purposes in the Botletle River. It can be
fairly stated that the stalk, in the raw state, is fully as tough, if not
tougher wed a Manilla rope manufactured of the same thickne
No criterion can Rees sibly be arrived at as to the durability of i
fibre from the specimen of net forwarded to the Royal Gardens, |
as the Makouba tile do not take the slightest trouble in drying their
224
nets after using them. It may be interesting to note that in the im-
penetrable thickets formed by the plant, that beautiful and rare specimen
of the spotted bush buck of the Cholie and Botletle Rivers finds secure
refuge from the attacks of man and wild beasts.
(Signed) ^. James Nicorrs.
Mafeking, 16th April 1889.
N.B.—Mr. Nicolls, on his return from Lake Ngami, at the close of
the present year, will be most happy to furnish the authorities at Kew
with specimens of the roots and stalk of the plant in question. At the
same time he bas to express his regret that, owing to the carelessness of
the man in charge of his waggons, on his journey from Lake Ngami last
year, the entire number of specimens of plants, &c., with very few
exceptions, have been unfortunately lost.
From the description of the plant given by Mr. Nicolls, it was
impossible to form auy idea as to what its botanical affinity might be.
rub, some-
times growing to a height of 8 to 10 feet, belonging to the natural order
Polygalee, and distributed through Upper and Lower Guinea, Nile
T :
March 1857 :—* The Buáze evidently possesses a very stron d fi
= fibre, assimilating to flax in its character, but / ilie
in quantity by our process it would show both a stron er and finer
* fibre than flax ; but being unable to apply the oling or pressing
-“ processes with efficiene so very small a quantity, the gums are
** not yet so perfectly extracted as they would be nor the fibre opened
“ out to so fine a quality as it would then exhibit."
The opinion obtained by Messrs Pye, Brothers from Messrs. M.
of Leeds was as follows :—“ The Buáze fibre appears to bein aes,
“ andas prepared by you will be equal to flax worth 502. or 602. per
z ton, but we could hardly speak positively to the value unless we had
2 m e or two ewt. to try on our machinery. However, we think
e result is promising and we hope further inqui ill be
** to the probable supply of the material." Re nemis
Dr. Livingstone adds that the plant is stated to
' h Elsewhere the split tendons
i of animals are employed for this purpose. This seems io be of equ
i strength, for a firm thread of it feels like catgut in the hand, and
. “ would rather cut the fingers than break,”
225
Livingstone’ s original fragmentary specimen of the Buáze plant,
whieh consisting merely of foliage was indeterminable at the time, exists
in the Kew Herbarium. e botanical identification is due to Sir John
Kirk, G.C.M.G., late Political Agent at Zanzibar; who during his
attachment to the Livingstone South African expedition in 1859, and to
the Zambesi Expedition in 1861, obtained an excellent series of specimens
both in flower and fruit. The Buáze plant is well figured by Richard
in his Tentamen Flora Abyssinice, t. 10, under the name of Lophostylis
angustifolia, and by Klotzsch in Peters's Mozambique, t. 22, as Lopho-
stylis pallida, Both names now give way to that at the head of this
article.
otwithstanding the comparatively favourable report on this fibre
received so far back as 1857, nothing has since been done to further its
utilization in this country.
CIX.—VEGETABLE PRODUCTIONS, CENTRAL CHINA.
There is no part of the northern hemisphere of which the flora
has hitherto been so imperfectly known as the Chinese empire. The
late well-known botanist Dr. Hance remarked in 1874 :—‘ Whilst M.
* Maximowicz’s excellent and very complete Index Flore Pekinensis
* provides a good catalogue of the flora of the Chinese metropolis and
* its vicinity, and Mr. Bentham's classical Flora Hongkongensis
* has acquainted us with the principal constituents of that of the
* extreme south-east of the empire, nothing whatever of a scientific
led
egetati
of the districts intermediate to these two points, which are separated
by 17 degrees of latitude, or of the various ports of trade along the
* coast, or on the Yan
In order to remedy this state of things js Bex step seemed to be to
talogue the notices of Chinese plants tered through botanical
literature and systematic det the species of which
specimens by travellers in China were to be found in the
Herbaria of the British Museum and wW. r this purpose a small
Mr. F. B. Forbes, F.L.S. who had long resided in China, having very
esee placed in the hands of the Committee the oo collec-
which he had made with a similar object. As the catalogue has
been compiled by Mr. W. B. Hemsley, aui Assistant for India in the
w Herbarium, it has been set up in type and copies distributed to
pec
greatest value and importance has poured i in, and there is some risk
it may be ditficult to compress the undertaking within the modest limits
which were at first agnum
he first p issued May 20, 1886. Two parts have been
regularly published in in each year since ‘that date, and the seventh part,
ringing the enumeration down to the Yuprimisiee, was issued April 30
226
The work not merely brings to a focus all that it is accurately known
about the natural vegetation of the Chinese empire; but it has the
urther convenience of serving as a catalogue of all the species of
Chinese plants which up to the date of the appearance of each part were
ih British Masen specimens in the Herbaria of the Royal Gardens and of
he Britis
ees progress of the undertaking more — for the
sul py o d; si gi and admirable material than to Dr. Augustine Henry,
of the Chinese Dipen Customs. Till 'the mere of the
present year he was stationed at Ichang on the Yang-tse-Kiang in the
province of Hupeh, a position almost in the exact centre of China.
n the following letter Dr. Beaty. gives an interesting account of one
of his more extended expeditions :
My DZAR Sir, Ichang, China, 9 October, 1888.
AVE just returned from my second trip, having been away about
two-and- half months. I travelled due north from Ichang till I reached
the range separating the ‘haath of the Yangtze and Han rivers, an
then I made my way along the range westwards as far as Szechuen,
striking then the Yangtze on the Hupeh-Szechuen boundary line I
returned two or three days ago by boat down the rapids.
lam now busy preparing a set of my collections of both trips, with
ihose obtained by four natives working separately in three different
localities. 1 consider it of importance to get these off as soon as possible
so that they may be put. into the Indes Flore a the Composite,
for example, will, I think prove, rich in noveltie
I reached at one point about 10,000 feet altitude and found t
mountains from 8,000 to 10,000 feet "rich in plants not tiger ot
The primeval forest still remains in parts, heme sadly eut and burn
down EY the cultivators of potatoes and the opuim poppy, t thé only €
grown. Many interesting conifers occur in this zone, one being a tall
Mir tree, perhaps 100 to 150 feet high, which originally clot ed all
the top of the range. Four Ribes also occur, one being an excellent
gooseberry, a Betula, many Acers, curious Rubi, a Fragaria (like
a), and some pretty Alpine plants. I also found what I take to be
Diphylleia Grayi, an interesting addition to the Chinese flora. T also
send many Roses and Viburnums. In these high region y of
e
an above
tate. e mountains round lchang I had hitherto only seen it
pales and that on a very small scale, vn or two plants in the
peasants' gardens. So far as I can judge the main source of the
rhubarb exported to England is the range on which I was ctt
in its extent from N.W. of Ichang to the nemore of Thibet, along the
boundary line between Szechuen and Shen
Huang lien ( Coptis T: ecta, Wall.?) occurs s cultivated. x rude AERE
about 400 feet by 400 feet is erected on the mountain side (6,000 feet
to 9,000 feet altitude) composed of trunks and briek of trees driven
; t mention many other drugs, but with the specimens I shall
send uk memoranda descriptive of i them, Of Aconitum and Allium
v
227
or four e Ae a which may be distinct species, This is known.
San-ch’i, the name of a famous drug for use ves T
I had a very M ades trip, ink on excellent terms with the people.
S
e
two bears ; wild boa ux peste ; r eeg d animals resem bli
them, and several kinds o
e so-called “ wild cow 5 abras. does not occur in this part of
the range, but further west it is said to exist. ‘The Chinese also T
of a “wi horse,” described as being about the size of an ass, w
formerly existed in this part of the range, and I have no doubt ‘ai
animal of this kind (perhaps the origin of the “ ne y TA will be found
on the wilder parts of the range. We are trying t a specimen of
the splendid antelope alive to send to the Zoological kl the skin
which I bought being insufficient for scientific purposes.
No foreigner, not even the Roma i Cathal missionaries, had ever
been in these parts before; and ey a single article of English manu-
facture was in use, foreign goods only vain. ri as a rule by the better
classes in towns and in the richer country di
(Sigal ” AUGUSTINE Henry.
CX.—VINE CULTIVATION IN THE GIRONDE.
In October 1881 the present Director of the Royal Garden
attended the International Congress at Bordeaux as representative of :
the Governments of New South Wales, South Australia, and Victoria.
te
to these Governments, the opinion was expressed : M. though various
1neasures had been proved to be efficacious in keeping the
ravages of the Phylloxera under control, various racist difficulties,
especially that of expense, would in the long run limit their applicability
to vineyards producing wine of the highest quality. ind problem o
the continued existence of the general cultivation of the vine in Fran
and indeed in any country which has been infected with Phyhsesie,
were gathered from the deliberations of the Congress may be con-
veniently reproduced from oo report which the Director made to the
Gove resent
* The Phyoe and the "Ad eriean vines have grown up together in
the New World. As the latter have not been exterminated, it follows
hich i
Iz)
destroys the vines in a European vineyard, rican vines are able
to withstand and repair. I myself saw American vines growing in the
Botanie Garden at Bordeaux to all outward appearance in perfect health,
yet when the roots of these were expose ey were swarming wi ith
Phylloxeras. It is indeed believed that the invasion of France 1 by the
pest is due to the importation of American vines about 1862. The use
of American vines in MV thoroughly infected with Phylloxera was
eagerly suppor rted by the vine-growers from the south, but was received
with less favour by those of the west of France. The vines are used
228
either as “direct producers,” or as stocks on which European vines are
American vines which are in most favour as “ direct
. considerable extent, replace the coarser kinds of vin ordinaire and vin
du midi, but my own impression was that the kind of merits which
were most appreciated in them were those which would fit them for the
rocesses of blending and mixing which now go on to such an immense
nce.
* Both the Jaequez and Herbemont vines are put to a better use as
stocks for grafting European vines. The Ja
i t
wi th
enthusiastic about it. Some of the later discussions in the Congress
assumed great animation in consequence, especially as the advocates
L4
B
~
too costly,
direct producers or as stocks, is the only practicable mode of saving the
industry.”
It will be both useful and convenient to compare with these opinions
1 o
mans of insecticides in freshly infected vineyards has been immensely
229
ines gra on American stocks. Direct production from American
stocks has, fortunately for the wine consumer, been abandoned as
hopeless.
* According to an estimate recently published the totai area of vine-
yards under cultivation last year in the Gironde department was
349,817 acres; being an increase of 6,292 acres compared with the
same period of the year 1887, in which latter year there had been a
diminution in the acreage of wine-growing land as compared with 1886
“Though the figures showing the acreage of vineyards during 1888
are almost the largest ever reached and considerably larger than those
attained about 10 years ago, it is necessary to observe that about one-
insect continues to do much havoc in the vineyards of thi well as
of most other parts of France. But it is nevertheless the opinion of
erienced vitieulturists in this country that, upon the whole, the
years ago ; it e added that, as regards in particular the Gironde
department, the outlook certainly must be called hopeful at present.
* For not only will doubtless the late abundant vin ive a fresh
vating their devastated land, but the fact, above referred to, that already
1 Ib. slaked lime and 22 gallons of water; (3) against Oidium, sulphur ;
and (4) against Anthracnosis, a mixture of 80 lbs. of sulphate of iron
f i e
4
and 10 lbs. sulphate of copper. The total cost of using all thes
290
“The employment of the so-called < Bouillie Bordelaise’ for pre-
venting the vines from being attacked by mildew has become more and -
more extensive of late, in view of the successful results obtained ; and
many persons are of opinion that the abundance of the 1888 vintage
was in a great measure due to the widespread use of this remedy in the
vineyards of the Gironde. On the other hand, it must be mentioned
that the use of the ‘ Bouillie Bordelaise,’ a mixture (as above described)
B sulphate of copper and slaked lime, has given De to some appre-
sions amongst the public at Bordeaux. For many persons cannot
disposes themselves of the view that the liquid in piod C wide ch is
sprinkled upon the leaves of the vine—must have some effect upon the
wine Said from the latter ; and it is feared by them that not only
may the flavour or other qualities of the wine be thereby S eur
affected in an unfavourable manner, but that iif effects may also
arise therefrom for the health of the consumers. The sudden illness
shortly after the end of last year’s ee of a large number of
drunk wine known to have been produced in vineyards ne
Nimes, where the ‘ Bouillie Bordelaise " had Fiet employed (an tds
which was subsequently, however, proved to haye been caused by other
Meere. was at first ascribed in this and other parts of France to he
ous effects of the sulphate of copper contained in the mixture m
pnd, and this added strength to the belief as to its dangerous qualities
if employed against mildew. Though I have already on a former
occasion taken the opportunity of dwelling upon this subject, it may, in
the interest of the British consumer of Bordeaux wines, be again
observed that many and carefully made analyses made here have fully
proved that wines made from vines sprinkled with the ‘ Bouillie Borde-
laise’ are not injurious to health. For it has been repeatedly found
that the quantity of copper contained in such wine does not exceed
three-tenths of a milligramme er litre; or, in other words, a consumer
t 2, gallons of wine produced from such vines.
According to scientific experiments this trifling amount of copper is in
fact not greater and probably less, than the per-centage thereof con-
tained in some other articles of daily food which are admitted into the
human body without injurious or unpleasant effects. How far, on the
other hand, the use of the ‘Bouillie. Bordelaise’ may have already
affected, or will affect, the flavour and some other qualities of the wine
derived from vines sprinkle ed with it, is a question which to my know-
ledge has not yet been definitely settled."
CXI.—PHYLLOXERA IN SOUTH AFRICA.
At the time of the International Phylloxera Congress at Bordeaux in
October 1881 there was no evidence to prove that the n gm had
invaded South Africa. Mr. Roland Trimen, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Director
of the South African Mnseum, was, however, delegated as representa-
tive of the — of the Cape to the Colony, and he reported
upon its proc December 29, 1881. In the 25th paragraph of
his report, poet ra fully discussed the matter with the late Pro-
m edu, the most eminent authority on the subject at the time,
—
is aikai i in favour of reasonable precautionary measures, and
I think that those which Professor Planchon recommends are fully
281
sufficient. The total exclusion of all vines should be maintained ; the
admission of all other plants from countries where Phylloxera in the
vine does not exist should be allowed; and the admission of plants
satifaetory certification that they have not been grown in the —
vicinity of vines.
It can hardly be doubted that had it been iun from the first to
enforce such regulations efficiently, South Africa would have remained
free from the ravages of the Phylloxera. Noverthelées, it appears from
the evidence of Mr. Louis Peringuey before the Select Committee of
the Cape House of Assembly on the Vineyards Diseases Act (presented
with their report, July 29 of the present year) that the insect was first
identified by him in South Africa on January 1, 1886. “It came from
Kotze's at Mowbray.” [Qs. 936 and 937.] This is in the neighbour-
ao of Cape Town
e infection of the Cape vineyards is now unhappily thoroughly
nadie The Cape Government have, however, done the onl
in
so ^g ime a cultural industry in one of our pri incipal colonies, it
be con qmm — accessible for wider reference in the pages
of the Kew Bulletin
* STR, * Cape Town, 30th March 1889.
Havsa been ec by es French Government, in accord-
ance with your request, to come and inspect the vineyards of the Cape
Colony, as regards their protection from the Phylloxera, E entered upon
this duty immediately after my arrival. In company with Professor
chen the Secretary for Agric, and M. Peringuey, Inspector of
neyards, I visited the principal wine-farming centres, and now have
the. honour of submitting to you the observations i have made, and the
‘conclusions to be drawn therefrom
* Although the existence of the Phylloxera in the vineyards of the
Colony was not verified officially before the year 1886, the disease is,
in my opinion, of much earlier date, and in accordance with Mons.
Peringuey, wh o has made a special study of the question, I consider that
the invasion of "this destructive insect should be approximately fixed at
about the year 1880.
*T shall say nothing respecting its introduction into the Colony,
That seems to be a question which will never be definitely decided. On
the other hand, I had no difficulty in S eei rving that me Phylloxera, as
was to be expected, had run E d begs course here as in Europe, a
its peculiarities have been the e end that its effect upon the vin
has been amend all these da 1 ‘eine well understood. But there fs is
this very import ant difference, s a owing to the mildness of the climate
of the Cape, dere is, all the year through, no check to its reproductive
powers, and consequently its increase is far more rapid than in Europe.
Tt has also been ascertained that the production of winged females,
whose special function is the wide dispersion of the species, lasts for a
much longer time here than in the northern oy ing ee pet is to if
taline of the du and the great t hea t of the summer, far from
checking the parasite, Bom pis it. Hence the defensive position
232
of the vine in the colony is decidedly inferior to that which it holds in
colder climates where the soil is not so dry during the period of
vegetation.
* The mischief having been once clearly ascertained, what action
should be taken in the matter? It was obviously reasonable to follow
the method adopted in France, where the problem has been studied these
twenty years past by men who, from a scientific pont. of view, are
thoroughly competent and whose labours are well kno This wise
course has been chosen instead of delaying action by ie. repetition of
studies already worked out, and experiments made long ago, and upon
which definite conclusions have been founded already.
“It was prudent also, to jako coun of the s oar which are
very different here from those ing in Fra There e farmers
are of old date, and well cetur uu zi ea "appliances which are out
of the reach of the Cape Viticulturist. Hence it follows that remedial
measures of proved efficacy in Europe, such as kaini the employ-
ment of bisulphide of carbon, and the alkaline sulpho-carbonates, could
not be universally applied here. The same taig may be said of the
reproduction of the vines upon American stocks, a i
attention and considerable outlay, and even then with no absolute
certainty of success. Nevertheless, I have been gratified to observe
that the Cape Government has in this direction had the foresight to
establish, by means of seedlings, a spif T phylloxera-proof stocks,
which may be turned to account when n
* But all the measures hitherto ‘eeu de no more than establish a
modus vivendi between the vine and its enemy, without completely
exterminating the latter. Hence follows the necessity of destroying the
insect outright, if possible, by the extinction of its mpun centre of
Oe pe e word, by destroying all contaminated gro
“In France this drastic mode of procedure, proposed in r 1873 by ecd
Phylloxera | Cana, » unfortunately cou
already too late. The def was too widel
* But in Switzerland, and also in Algeria, this s pro rocedure, recommended
he Commission in 1873, had been eminently successful, although in
the latter a its application was merely tentative. Not o nly is the
progress ot the plague arrested by ins uprooting of the original centres
numerous winged swarms which would proceed from the infected
stocks, and would for several years continue to proceed from thence, to
found at a distance new colonies, in numbers ever increasi ng, like the
terms of a geometrical series. So rapid is this 5 Progression, that the
original Je of infeetion in the south of France spread in six years
over an are À 30,000 hectares (— 37,500 Cape morgen) th in ten -
years had covered 15,000,000 hectares (— 10 million Cape morgen).
The ren hea “result has been a period of enormous disaster. Ew
233
carried on reflects great credit on the Phylloxera Commission, and
especially on M. Peringuey, to whom has been allotted the duty of
j a
applying to an extent hitherto unknown in any country, regardless of
the risk of personal unpopularity.
* Considering that the vineyards of the Colony are sufficiently
isolated from each other, there was all the more reason to follow this
line of procedure, particularly as there exists no neighbouring nations
by w instrumentality the pest mig ereafter be re-introduced.
The expenditure incurred in this contest has necessarily n con-
siderable, but, when the results achieved are compared with the cost, it
will be easy to show that the measures taken have been consistent wit
the best interests of the wine-farming proprietary and of the colony
generally, while the Parliament and = Government cannot be too
highly congratulated upon what has been effected.
“ In point of fact, the area of this phylloxeric i — either actually
extends over, or threatens, AE ,000, vinestocks, the extent of
10,000 hectares s (12,500 morgen) of land. once to the last
official statistics, these codeso on an average 5,119,608 gallons
and 10,945 leaguers of brandy, worth 164,175/.; besides about 200,000
lbs. of raisins, valued at 2,5002., giving altogether a total of 298,6272.
Including sundry accessory products, the output may be stated as not
less than 300,0007. sterling per a
s has been experienced in
B
e
2s
Ld
et
m
E:
hth ct
ES
"m
B
e
=
eee
©
eg
ds
e
S
of the highest eios to the country. The average annual returns aat
wine farmer, if left to his own resources, would make no effort to save
his property from destruction? And if this — result should
ow, as one may well ieve it would, reat disaster would
assuredly befall the Colony, seeing that the Wem of the whole
community is indissolubly bound up in that of the individual.
* It is on these ma that I have no hesitation in declaring that it
es De to the interest of the entire Colony that the Government should
ere in maintaining the hand-to-hand contest with the enemy
Which it has hitherto done with so much success. By pursuing this
exp
* The value of n — for three years 900,0004. in comparison with the
ree
E 59869. B
234
course, not only will the actual extirpation of the plague be within the
bounds of possibility, te there will be the certainty, supposing only
the minimum results tained, of so thoroughly checking its advance,
that the future annual expentitste charged upon the country will be
but a small fraction of the pecuniary interests protecte ted. Such outlay
will be a sort of premium of insurance a
00.
arly inc
. Stock of sche scit not less than 3,000,000/. sterling. And it may be
f r pointed out that the market value of landed property in the
wine-producing dum depends not so much on the number of morgen
. m$ upon the number of vines it will carry.
: ** Add to all this that the struggle will be all the more easy of main-
` tenance, since the Phylloxera Service has been i in every respect well
e reliable. All these circumstances combined admit o
being carried on henceforth with great economy, and at the same time
uoc the been conditions for securing efficiency.
“Bei rstood, Sever, that if the method pursued is to give all
the erate of which it is capable, there must be the eed to apply =
with a free hand in every. case sae ere es is esnin necessary. Ther
must be no hesitation in applying, s it were, the actual cautery to the
wound, and in enlarging the estivi zones, especially in the direction
of the boundaries of the phylloxerie i inv
regular routine, the head of the staff should find means of oe a
still more exact serutiny of all suspected localities, as well as of the
vines in the neighbourhood of those that have been pronounced affected:
“T have been pleased to observe that this is being done, and that
= Peringuey’s instructions were perfectly understood. It is scarcely
to say that it is of the greatest importance that the visitation
of the vineyards should take place each year, as is the rule elsewhere,
before the swarming season of the Phylloxera, and the same precaution
holds good with regard to measures of eradication.
“ Turning to another aspect of the question, the permission to replant
a Sonat dt vineyard after the lapse of a specifie = time, is a matter of
` great moment. e length of this period will, of course, vary accor ding
to sieut den specially with regard to the distitióe from other vine-
yards, the aspect, the situation, and the sort of culture which has
followed the eradication. I think that, in general, the replanting "a
be
. planted is situated not less than 10 to 12 kilometres (6 or 7 miles) fron
the nearest phylloxerized area. "To this end I think it would be well
if the Government had nurseries of the best sorts of vine plants esta-
blished in perfectly uninfected localities, and were to arrange that these -
plants be delivered on stated conditions to such propr rietors as might - 5
vU. — to me that, with this combination s pease: the end &
aimed at may be attained in a manner advantageous to the win -
and in accordance with the best interests of the oum and for this it.
235
is only necessary to persevere in the course which has fortinataly been
adopted.
* [ take leave in this report to call the attention of landed proprietors
in the epe tete to certain points in the management of their
vines, and above manufacture of the wine itself. Speaking
generally, I bete found ihe wines of the Cape possessed of qualities of
a remarkable and even unique kind, which, ir they were known, wou
-cause them te be appreciated all over the world. But, such as they
are, that isto say, possessed of great alcoholic strength, they certainly
are best fitted for consumption in the comparatively cold regions of
Europe and America, nor does it seem to me impossible to cause ae
to be appreciated at their true value in those countries. On the o
hand, for places where the CEU d is somewhat high, and for pa
"olony itself, the wines of the re far too heating. ey
only be partaken o of in small quantities, and therefore are not sufficiently
refreshing, The consequence is that er beverages are preferred,
notwithstanding their high price and inferior intrinsic value. Cape
wines could be prepared with a uniform strength of 11° to 12° only,
instead of 18° to 22° as is now done, I doubt not that we should witness
a rapid rise in the average consumption, and this would tend, as a
natural result, to a considerable increase of the output, and give a very
decided impulse to the colonial wine industry.
uch a state of things is, I think, — attainable. It w
necessary, in the first place, to compel the vines to carry a E heavier crop
by allowing a greater length to the bearing choi or by
the first to have stocks of a considerably greater height. Second m the
gathering must take place earlier than is eme that is to say, a
hen the grapes are less ripe or eve mewhat acid. ‘Thirdly, the
fermenting house must be cooler, a beilo to be attained by con-
: ‘all
Fourthly, close fermentation, carried on in casks, not in open tubs, and
. also apart from the husks, is essential. It is with satisfaction that I
have mE these methods already in use at the mnes school at
Constantia, ell as in several private establishments, a beginning
which will e fruitful of good results. The samples of ds produetion
which I have tasted incontestably prove the faeces of making in the
Colony excellent wine of low a soiit. percentage.
* It has also struck me a many see are not ery as
ei as may reasonably be expected of them, having regard to the
wth on the stocks and the depth of the soil, I think that under
these circumstances a top-dressing of lime, in some form or other, with
an addition of phosphates, would considerably augment the returns,
At Robertson and Montagu, where the vines (on a calcareous soil) are
fiiium upon the irte of he pee mission mete, has been
con it wi
Wo ain attention, and are found to of service to the highly
important interests of colonial viticulture. ` :
* F have, &c.
* P, MOUILLEFERT."
236
CXIL—ERRONEOUS REPORT OF PHYLLOXERA IN
GREECE.
e Foreign Office has communieated to this establishment the
flowing despatch from the British Minister at Athens denying the
tness of the reported appearance of Phyllexera in the Morea.
p
^in the Eastern Mediterranean cannot but be a ground for the gravest
anxiety.
Sm E. Monson to the Marquis of Sarispury, K.G., &e. &c.
My Lorp Athens, 23 August 1889
Tux “Times” of the 19th instant mete enm d a telegram
from its correspondent m iro stating t hylloxera had m
appearance in the Morea, M. Gennadius we aphed to his er
asking if this were abi
WP II instructed to make public at once the most categorical denial
- of the truth h of the re
Mr. Consul Wood, "d Patras, has sent me an official despatch
asserting that there is no Phylloxera in the Morea; and M. Dragoumis,
in mentioning the matter to me to-day, said that he M that the
report had arisen from the fact that a vine cultivato at:
recently requested the Government to send an ‘nein to look at his
vines, ose he feared were unhealthy; and that the specialist des-
patched he Government had reported th = though sickly the vines
were sita free from the dreaded dise
ave, &c.
. (Signed) EDMUND Monson.
The Marquis of Salisbury, K.G.,
&e., &c., &c.
[AU Rights Heserved.]
ROYAL GARDENS, KEW.
BULLETIN
OF
MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION.
No. 34.] OCTOBER. [1889.
CXIII.—BAHIA PIASSAVA.
(Attalea funifera, Mart.)
A valuable fibre, got used in this country under the name of
Bahia Piassava, is obtained from the leaf-stalks of a Brazilian
known as Attalea funi fera, Mart. This has a wide distribution
in the lowlands of PM il, and is found M the ge o
wie Strode in aomi lat. 18?.
ava, which is exported from the port of that name, is
slightly diffe rent in texture and colour from Bahia Piassava, and is
derived from another palm, Leopoldinia Piassaba, Wallace. Specimens
of both Bahia and Para Piassava, together with appliances used in the
industry, as well as finished articles, are showr in the Kew Museum
No. II. The excellent series of Bahia Piassava is shown in Case
. 62. One of the earliest notices of Bahia Piassava, and probably
the first where the plant yielding it is authoritatively determined, is
contained in article in Hooker’s Journal of Botany and Kew
Garden rbi LM vol. i. (1849), pp. 121-123. In this notice Sir
Wm. Hooker
“ Few sine ed the streets of London without remarking that of
* late years those streets are, in places at least, kept peculiarly neat
LONDON:
PRINTED eee HER tee dis ee OFFICE,
Y EYR D SPOTTISWOODE,
PRINTERS pi THE QUEEN'S MOST ingib MAJESTY.
purchased, either directly or through any Bookseller,
And to be , from
EYRE AND —— East HARDING m :- panim E.C. ; and
BINGDON STREET,
ADAM awp CHARLES BLACK, 6, Nor d inde oud EDINBURGH ; or
HODGES, Ped. & Con 104, GRAFTON STREET, DUBLIN.
1889.
Price Twopence.
258
and clean. by the stiff fibres of. a new material for making brushes
* and brooms; those of the maehines, as well as those employed by
hand; and if anyone is ied e be the origin of this fibre, the
* frequent aus is, * Whaleb s suppose." But, no; it is not o
** animal seme origin, eoarse fibre of a species of palm
s (Attalea Jefe w hich = s abundantly i in Brazil. e ee
** material, ac to its stoutness an din. is employed
5 iid pes as well as for broom iind brushes. The heed
23 ees of the leaf-stalks separates into a pe we fringe, which is
** eollected Fa the natives and used in the country or exported to
* Europe for the purposes above mentioned, and now Monaten a
“ iiih article of commerce
'* The fruit or nuts of this palm are another article of commerce,
** Jong ieit into England under the name of Coquilla nuts, and
* extensively used for various kinds o turmery-work, especially
* making handles of bell-pulls, umbrellas, &c., &c. ; the shell (or
putamen) is of great thickness, excessively hard, bani mottled
* with dark and light brown, and capable of taking a high degree of
* polish."
As far as we are aware, no detailed account of Bahia Piassava has
been published in an accessible form. We are therefore happy to avail
our rselves > the courtesy of Mr. W. S. Booth, Belle Vue House,
ia. prepared from personal observation the following
OFA accel of the present condition of the industry in Brazil for
“ The fibre of this palm (Attalea funifera) is obtained chiefly in the
province of Bahia, along the coast south of Valenca, where we supply
now svae ted, to Porto Seguro, Wick will soon be in the same
conditio
" Tifoüghont this tract Piassava is found growing scattered in the
woodland (Piassava do Mato), and in some places in extensive patehes,
ealled campos, nestling in the heart of immense virgin forests.
* Naturally, the * Piassava do Campo’ is more easily obtained than
o Mato;
Moreover, a certain * pratique' is required to wencois the isolated trees
at NE sight in the dense tangle of a tropical ju
iassava of either denomination is divided, eU a to its age,
bo two poe viz., Bananeira and Coqueira.
y dice aneiras, or you lants, Mosi em are not yet developed,
and the upper part of the trun
(2.) Baloo, formed by the older fibre which has fallen to the ground
he base of the trun
(3.) Men d'olho, or “eye Piassava,” which is the latest growth,
and is in all respects similar to that yielded by the
oes ee
239
“ This palm grows in the neighbourhood of rivers, and on land that
is always in a halt swampy condition, being below the flood mark in the
* or greenish brown colour. The hard thick shell of the nut contains
two oleaginous edible seeds, and is enclosed in a thin polished ies
case which is capped at the base like the acorn. The campos, as
rule are not liable to flood, but lying as they do surrounded bys asd
land, the conditions of moisiure are fulfilled, in which it is necessary
for the trees to flourish. The mean temperature of the Piassava
district is about 77° F. On reaching the age of six to nine years,
a very foolish proceeding, considering the time the fallen nuts take to
germinate and grow into bearing trees. The base of the petiole of the
leaf wraps round the trunk (as can be seen in many other palms) like
i o u
growt. ns two trans-
verse layers of fibre, the one going up into the midrib of the leaf, and
o form the wrapper, both protruding in a festooning fringe
from the edge of the m T
“ From this it be seen that the fineness or coarseness of the fibre
depends largely on its position in the petiole, the coarsest fibre lying
closest to the midrib.
“ Two commercial kinds of Piassava.
“There are two kinds of Piassava used in co merce; t the round,
stiffish fibre from the districts I have mentioned, dhik t shipped from
Bahia, and known as ‘Bahia Piassava (Attalea funifera) ; and that
collected on the Amazons and the Rio Negro, shipped from Manáos,
ol
Wallace, Palm trees of the Amazon, p. 17). This latter is flat,
soft, and flexible, sep ie differing from ‘ Bahia’ fibre, and com-
manding on occasions three times its price, which at present stands at
38I. for good red fi
* In Brazil, regie fibres are used for cables, ropes, baskets, ee
tieing, fences, and many other purposes; but in this country, an
Europe, emi! for brush and broom work, by itself and mixed w ith
other fibre
*'The nuts of the Piassava are exported to Europe for the manu-
facture of initis knobs, &c.
* Method of Collection and Preparation for the Market.
“ Immediately after the exploration (often very arduous) undertaken
ise ps repay t cutting, it is necessa
establish the ‘camp,’ and to stock it with food implements in-
miden to the men; also to ast als
mployed, and a supply of folder to augment the unsubstantial food th: at
is i Junioi by the forest. ‘Through failing to take this precaution, the
best troops of mules will be reduced in a few months, and the number
of sick animals will be OI " say nothing of the difliculties
which will illon from this false ec
* As soon as the cutters her arriv EE in the camp, each takes a
different dieitios, thus endeavouring to secure an advantageous cutting
I 60056, 125.—11/89. Wt.13799. E. &
240
poe sige which, when found, he does his utmost to keep his
compani
* The quise of the pulled Piassava should be done sd t
night, as the men are furnished on credit at the TT and
és
The average cut
arrobas (1 pesce = 822 Ibs.) of loose, Ze. unbound Piassava; and the
oun
to abuse such credit on Pens.
“Th have estimated the daily work of one man at three arrobas,
an inexperienced hand is often unable to clear more than one or two ;
while on the other hand a very hard worker has been known to clear
small bundles of which a bale is composed; though, in my opinion, the
Piassava thus weighed is much more favourable to fraud hd that
weighed unbound.
“It may be useful to uote here that the cost of binding up the
cabeças is 20 reis a-piece (1,000 reis = 27
* As limited above, the cutters always do their best to defraud the
principals or buyers. They smuggle stones, and pieces of palin inside
the mondongas (i.e. parcels supposed to weigh 60 kilos or 132 lbs.,
ready for weighing) ; they spread the fibre out on the ground, leaving
d ies be
o
edifying examples; they csuse their weighing machines to be tampered
with before being used, they allow errors be creep into their
scepunts, whieh never seeding to their own disadvantage.
e fibre is weighed, the proprietor sends it down to his
fazenda by the ee The main track is cleared at the expense of the
weighed on this path, or make a road themselves to the
they have built their shanty. The mules are usually driven in troops
of seven animals to fem muleteer, and the weight carried by each mule
is six arrobas (194 lbs.)
* Upon arrival at the fazenda the fibre is a cleaned, and
pressed into bales by a packing press, or by han
^ “It is packed into two kinds of bales; viz. i molho and the
ardo.
“The molho is pressed by hand, it contains three or five cabecas,
and is bound in five, mim or nine places, The charge for making
these up is 200 reis (52d.)
“The fardo contains 10 or 12 redit and by reason of its size is
pieked in the press ; costing from 240 to 300 reis per fardo for making
up. A good packer will turn out from 18 to 22 molhos daily, and two
^od workmen can press from 30 to a fardos in the same time
ss BRE N fazenda be on a river the goods are shipped down to the
wn by canoe; a large one holding say 45 w 50 fardos, or about
120: + 130 molhos.
241
“With very — exceptions for local uses, the whole of the fibre
pele is d to Bahia to be sold on account of the owners by the
consignees.
“The annual export is about 7,000 tons, = which ie Britain takes
slightly more than half; Germany coming seeond with nearly a qua
rter;
while Belguim, France, lai and the Bouthárs Republics ether,
take the remaining quar
“There is an export ma imperial and provincial together, of a
per cent. ad valorem, which is declared every week, ces is assessed o
the average weekly prices of the sales made by the broker
“ Taking into consideration the simplicity of its nies (the fibre
being ready for the market the moment it is pulled from the tree, and
baled), the heavy duty in Brazil, and the high prices reali; zed in
Europe, I cannot help thinking that those interested in the development
of profitable industries in India, and our other tropical possessions,
attempt to weap the Piassava Palm rewarded
ultimately by handsome returns
“JI am greatly indebted to ‘Mr. E. F. Bradley of the Star Brush
Company, Holloway, and to Senr. F. E. Blanchet, of the Fazenda
Bolandeira, near Canavieiras, for much valuable aid in this inquiry.
& Appendix.
* Export returns of Piassava fibre from Bahia for the year ending
January 1889 :—
Great Britain - - 535,419
Germany - - - 289,548
Belguim — - wood gpusgs
France - =- 0,123 i
Portugal - --~ 36,247
Argentines : - — 6730
Uraquay - - - 5,706
Spain - - - 1,018
1,045,903 milreis at 27d. £117,664.
& Two hundred and fifty milreis is payable annually to the Provincial
Government for the right of ¢
ot more than 60,000 arrobas (say
28/. 2s. 6d. for 866 tons). Athough 866 tons be the amount specified
on the licence, the proprietor is always well satisfied with 100 tons,
and rarely gets more from one camp of cutters
“T append a hin account as it may be of some interest or
service. I have not taken into consideration the cost of opening up
paths through the ps as this outlay is a very uncertain amoun ty
depending entirely on the character of the obstacles.
à 3
242
* Cost per Arroba (321 lbs) in Bahia.
Paid to cutters (say) - E - 800
oss in w sight, (s (sjona, water, &e) - - p
Legitimization before shipment - - 7
- - 666
Wages of muleteers — - - - -.-90
. Packing and labour - - E - 75
‘Transport to coast town (say) - - 150
Wear and tear of materials and implements - 35
Municipal taxes at bag town (ss y) = 40
Food for animals, corn, &c. - - 100
Freight to Bahia - 260
Commission and Yuki 5 eJ. on 2 ,500 - 125
Milreis 2,468
* Taking a milreis as worth 27d. this gives 5s. 7d. in Bahia.”
CXIV.—SEEDLINGS OF SUGAR CANE AT BARBADOS.
(Saccharum officinarum.)
In the Kew Bulletin for December 1887 (p. 294), an account was
given of the occurrence of what were believed to be seedlings of sugar
cane at the Botanical Station, Dodd’s —: Barbado
Hitherto, the sugar cane under cultivation has s rely produced
mature seed that it was ers believed that it had penes lost the
power "Po doing so. In a few special instances, what were believed to be
seedling sugar canes had bon observed at Barbados and elsewhere, but
in eonnexion with the cultural and chemical experiments so successfully
carried on by them for some years at Barbados
Since the publication of the note in the Kew Bulletin, considerable
ascertained
the further treatment of the seedling sugar canes at Barbados, and of
fx that may be found in other sugar producing colonies in the West
ndies :— :
* ROYAL GARDENS, Kew, to COLONIAL OFFICE.
** Sir, Royal Gardens, Kew, 9 August 1889.
* WirH reference to your fea of the 'Bth December 1885, and
subsequent correspondence on the subject of the improvement of the
sugar cane in the West India colonies, I am desired by Mr. Thiselton
_ Dyer to forward, for the information of the Sec cretary of State, some
bed ial results which have lately been obtained in furtherance of this
la gs
e PN Tt will be within your recollection that in my letter of the
12th May 1886, extracts from which were circulated by the Colonial
243
Office for the information of sugar-producing persa it was suggested
that the attention of botanists and su in such colonies
directed to i
e and that ca
carefully cultivated with the view of testing their value.
“3 circulation of these and other suggestions from Kew has
attention in such widely remote coloni Fiji, Queensland, and
Mauritius, as well as in the West India pens and British Guiana,
* 4, At Barbados, 2 series of very interesting investigations has been
carried on for the last four years at the botanical station of the colony,
under the direction of Professor Harrison and Mr. Bovell. These
investigations, supported by the intelligent action of the loeal govern-
ment, were, in the first instance, confined to trials of various canes
introduced to the West Indies by the botanical establishments of
maica, Trinidad, and British Guiana, and to the yield of these as
compared with the yield of canes already known in the island. The
ex ents were also directed to test in an exh ve manner the
relative value of various manures, and to determine und con-
ditions such manures were found to yield the best results.
ummary of the conclusions arrived at in these investigations
has been regularly published by order of the House of
Barbados, and it is needless to refer to them here in detail.
* 6, These gione iir however, possess a special interest, because
in connexion with t a fact has been observed which it is hoped
will have an etes pim: upon the ultimate improvement of
the sugar cane. It has been shown with some probability by .
Messrs. Harrison and Bovell, that under certain circumstances is
possible to raise sugar cane "from seed, an occurrence, owing to
extreme rareness, about which there has been so much doubt that it
has been thought impossible.
« 7, The first announcement respecting the EY of sugar
canes a been raised from seed at the Barbados Botanical
Station was made in the Kew Bulletin for December last. Since
that time further information has been received which appears to
the of producing mature seed. From a botanical point of view
this is erage eB "recap ^s uire more th assing notice.
From the «P sep it is a ich i
established em intelligently followol wg is ble of effecting as
much improvement in sugar cane in its i yid in sugar as
been effected in the beet. For the first time it h own that
it may be p to pursue such a system of selection by seminal
reproduction in Pape case aed the sugar cane as to greatly increase its
value as an in lan
* 8, The economic bearing of the discovery of seedling sugar canes
at Barados ab however, ipi v very much upon the means
to utilize it to the best a es i
canes Mus established by them. It is hoped that the government
of Barbados, to whom great credit is duc for the results already
A 4
244
* obtained, will, in view of the importance of the subject, be disposed
* to support these nva by such funds as are necessary for
* the purpose in
* 9. Now that ss fact that certain varieties of sugar canes may
* produce mature seed appears to be available for their improve-
ment, it is desirable to carry out a series of detailed and sys-
* tematic experiments to determine how far it is possible to cross one
* variety with another and to produce a progeny possessing definite
* and desirable characters in a larger degree than either parent. This
* is a natural development of the^present position, but the results
* will entirely depend upon the skill and judgment brought to bear
* upon them
« 10. To assist p this work it may be found desirable to carry on
"x oa eS a of the kind suggested in the last paragraph at t the
itg ical vier esie at Jamaica, Trinidad, and British Guiana.
With this view, and the concurrence of the e government at Barbados,
* a few of the seedling canes, and if possible, some of the seed might
“ be distributed to these establishments for the joint observation and
" tatem pner of the botanical and analytical officers connected with
LE
"31. As aai interest is taken in this matter outside the
* West Indies, Mr. Thiselton Dyer will be glad to receive a few
seedling canes for experimental cultivation at Kew. Further it is
zag aie from a scientific point of view to obtain specimens of what
nown to be mature seed of the sugar cane, and to place such
* specimens for piles and reference in the herbarium attached to
* this establishment E:
* T am, &c.,
* (Signed) D. Morris.
* Edward Wingfield, Esq., C.B.,
“ Colonial Office, S.W.”
CXV.—CINCHONA IN JAMAICA.
In a letter from the Colonial Office dated May 31, 1860, Lord Blach-
ford (then Sir des rick Rogers) informed Sir William Hooker, by the
direction of the e of Newcastle, “that the gentlemen in charge of
“ Trinidad, who have accordingly been requested to make preparations
in suitable spots for the reception of any seeds that may be conveyed
to them
The result i is recorded in the following quotation from the history of
** over 400 plants quite ready for planting out." As the climate of Bath
was unsuitable for the suecessful growth of Cinchona, by the kindness
of the late Dr. Hamilton, they were tried at Cold Spring Coffee Plan
tation, St. Andrew, at an elevation of 4,000 ft. There Mr. Wilson
found * the climate and soil to be all he could desire, and as it affor ded
** every facility for carrying obt so valuable an experiment, he at once
availed himself of it, and planted out in the coffee fields on the 16th
245
“ of November 1861 several plants of each species there, about two
* and two and a half inches in height. In twelve months after a plant
« the red bark vien suocirubra) had attained to the height of
“ 44 inches, with leaves measuring 13} iium long, by 8$ inches
* broad. The same plant in December 1863, 4e. when two yea
* old, measured six feet in height, with 10 branches, Mir doge a
« circumference of stem at base of 41 inches.
The experience gained in these girare attempts paved the way
. for the larger enterprise undertaken by the Jamaica Pipe, in
a fre
o
»d ge seeds, seedlings, and plants to private planters.” In
the Government Cinchona Plantations consisted of nine areas in the
Blue Mountain District. The total extent planted with Cinchona of all
varieties and ages was 143 acres. For the poro of encouraging the
eultivation of Cinchona by private enterprise, the Government Plan-
tations pem the last few years (Handbook, p. 132) “ have distributed
* 1,250 ounces of Cinchona seed, 1 ,200,000 Cinchona seedlings, and
` 469, 000. Cinchona plants.’
ge shipments of Cinchona bark were made from the Government
Plantations during the years 1879 to 1884, and the prices realize
proved that the climate and soil of Jamaica were particularly well
suited to the successful cultivation of Cinchona plants. As much as 10s.
per pound was obtained for root bark of —_— officinalis, while on
large shipments the average price realized was 6s. 7d. per pound. All
the various species of Cinchona have been sutacdaaed to Jamaica in-
cluding the valuable Cinchona Ledgeriana.
bout 2,600 acres have been taken up by private planters for ue
cultivation of Cinckona in Jamaica, and to industry there is now
established. O i
ue
clined in European markets that at present it is almost unremuneraiive
as a cultural product. As Jamaica was late in the field, and only now
David Howanp, Esq , to Royat GARDENS, Kew.
Stratford, near pecan E.,
DEAR Sir July 25, 1889.
I HAVE completed Pe — of the Loxa bark from Jamaica,
and find ái lots (as alkaloi
Quinine. Sarhni Cinchonine. Seay
: 0°44 °/, O04],
EX PN 057°), 0:06 */, 5°)
in each case there was a trace of Quinidine.
The tests are thus very much what Loxa bark of similar appearance
from South America would give. It is rather a Chaguera than a
.1 60056. A 5
246
-
crispa or Uritusinga which gives the richer yields that characterises the
finest officinalis from the Dodabetta plantations
On the other hand the percentage of Cinchonidine and Cinchonine
do not suggest any hybridization with succiru eem
m, &c.,
(Signed). Davi» HOVARD.
Messrs. JENKIN & PHILLIPS to ROYAL GARDENS, Kew.
21, Mincing Lane, E.C.,
Dear SIR, 29th July 1889.
We beg to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the
25th July, enclosing copy of letter received from Mr. David Howard,
giving analysis of two ires an of Loxa bark from Jamaica.
On the market, now, bark analyzing as under would be worth,
No. 1., 2:23 per e mc: ‘quinine, 21d., 24d. per Ib.; No. 2., 1°74 per
cent. quinine, 2d. per lb.
at any time only be too happy to give yos any information
you may wish for about the market here for Cinchon
We may say in passing that the fine old South vett H. O. Loxa
quills mentioned in the letter by Mr. David Howard, are sold for the
freudh market for making wine. This bark has a pec culiar flavour and
bouquet, which are recognised and well known by the Parisians, which
fragrant quality or bouquet are quite wanting in the Loxa bark when
grown in India, Jamaica, or Java. Fine silvery H. O. South
American Loxa would fetch upon this market 2s. 2d. to 2s. 64. per lb.
Tharking you for the sight of these two analyses.
We are, &e.
(Signed) JENKIN & PHILLIPS.
D. Morris, Esq., M.A., F.L.S.
Joun HawiLTON, Esq., to ROYAL GARDENS, Kew.
c/o Messrs. S. Rucker & Co.,
12, Great Tower Sro, London, E.C.,
DEAR SIR, July 31
In Now return the two copies of reports on the Jaia bark, the
perusal of which has much interested me. I am expecting some im-
provement in the value of pamer later in the year. Those who have
good bark should not, in my o nion, be in too much of a hurry to
re : he market now is Ae wt more from a plethora of quinine
than a redundancy o
er this season, ending 30th September, I am told the exports from
Ceylon will not again exceed n million pounds, and the fall will
come gradually from that poiat according to supply and demand
requirements.
That there can arise any large increase in the value of bark during
the next 18 months there are at present no grounds for supposing.
Thanking you again for your courtesy,
I am, &c.,
(Signed) Joun HAMILTON.
D. Morris, Esq., M.A., F.L.S.
247
The information Tespecting the use of Loxa bark for wine-making
purposes in France is of interest. It would appear from this that while
Loxa bark from South America, with * a peculiar flavour and bouque
is worth 2s. 2d. to 2s. 6d. per pound, a bark apparently similar js
appearance and in percentage of quinine troia India, Ceylon, or Jamaica
is only worth 23d. to 3d. per pound. The use of Cinchona bark for
quinine wine-ma ing can only prove of limited turam. but the subject
possesses sufficient importance to deserve to be more fully investigated.
Messrs. Jenkin and viri have “Ag obligingly forwarded to Kew
samples of South American Loxa bark of the character mentio in and.
it is hoped to —— it carefully defer for the special properties which it
is said to posse
The following letter removes a possible misconception as to the use
to which Loxa Cinchona bark is at present applied :—
Messrs. JENKIN AND PHILLIPS to ROYAL GARDENS, Kew.
21, Mincing a E.C
,
ber 20, 1889.
We beg to acknowledge the receipt of ur letter of the 19th
instant, and presume that you have received the specimen sample of
Loxa bark as requested.
We are sorry that we did not make our information so clear as we
might have done in our letter to you, but as you justly interpreted it
Loxa Cinchona bark (as far as we know) is only used in Kt
French liqueur, or tonic wine, and is sold by all Parisian apotheca
We are told by a Spaniard that the common Pitayo Bark, iiem at
2d. to 3d. per lb., is sometimes used for giving sherry a body.
The H. O. and a crown, were brands adopted in the time of the
Spanish dominion, for two different sorts of bark which are both in-
cluded under the general title Crown Bark. It is imported from
Payta.
oci Chinchonz: de Loxa Loxa M
Wea A
(S igned) JENKIN AND Puri tirs.
W. T. Thiselton Dyer, Esq., F.R.S., C.M.G.
CXVI.—GAMBIER.
( Uncaria Gambier, Roxb.)
“Gambier is an article which every tanner in the Kingdom uses
** more or less, and no other can take its place.” “It used to cost 104.
“ per ton and now costs 457."
It is sufficient to quote these two statements from corresponden
which has recently been addressed to this establishment to justify ds
publieation in the Kew Bulletin of an account of this very interesting
commercial product.
t the pr basen. time Gambier is almost react a ricca of the
ents he great emporium The
tivation as a planting industry in other parts of the tropics. With this
object, copies of the following a addressed to Kew by Mr. W. N,
Evans, a ierant erae were sent early = the present year to er
botanical authorities in British uium; British es em Jamai
Lagos, Natal, Niger Territory, Singapore, sad pies ela
248
Mr. W. N. Evans, F.C.S., to ROYAL GARDENS, Kew.
66, naan Road, Bristol,
DEAR Si E
trade has of late years been eS cine ae with by the
difficulty “of obtaining pure ne epon zambier, Uncaria
Gambier, from Singapore. The an tanners are also now E king
50 per cent. or more of the supply. "The laan | is véry bad, an
s, and n an take its place. Its re-actions with lime in the
early stages of tanning being so very different from other tannins
ere is, however, no determination on the part of many to rid
e are contemplating, therefore, doing the whole trade. That is to
grow the plant in Singa pore or Borneo, AONA with the best
I have taken the liberty of writing to ask if if yen can give me any in-
formation on the subject. There are, I presume, botanical gardens at
Shel ae oe reliable managers who would furnish us with necessary
t land was obtainable, difficulties of obtaining labour,
os Of course we are full e that in starting a new scheme we
should have to face 2 bpedition from the present dealers.
But the trade has all to gain in doing an honest thing. May I also ask
could the plant be grown at Natal, at the lower levels near the sea?
And might it not be quite possible for the Royal Niger Company to
cultivate it from cuttings or seed, as the climate must be somewhat
similar as to moist heat ?
I am, &c.,
(Signed) W. N. Evans.
W. T. Thiselton Dyer, Esq., C.M.G., F.R.S.,
Royal Gardens, Kew. ^4
It is hoped tbat he cireulation by means of the Kew Bulletin of the
information now put together will have the effect of drawing further
practical attention to the subject.
The Gambier of commerce is obtained by boiling the leaves of
Uncaria Gambier, Roxb., a shrubby climber, native of the Malay
States. Gambier is official in the British Pharmacopeia under the
name of Epa Pallidum. It is also known as Pale Catechu and
Terra Japoni
The Penaia of the Gambier plant (Uncaria Gambier, Rox.
Flor. Ind. 1,517) is — discussed by Sir Joseph Hooker in the Flora
of British À In dia, Vol. iii, p. 31. It appears from this that the Ceylon
nearia Gambier of Thwaites Enumeratio is not identical with the
true Gambier plant, and is referred to Uncaria dasyoneura var.
Thwaitesii.
Uncaria Gambier is a strong shrubby climber, Hes Lawy leaves,
and with numerous small flowers closely crowde mall globular
receptacles. The peduncles on which the "hne a bar ne are of
p
singular structure, and after the fall of the Cae es the lower
portions become elongated, very hard, and curved into hooks by which
the plant climbs. Sometimes these curious axillary hooks are produced
without ei any heads of flowers. The numerous seeds are very
. minute and with a long transparent tail at each end. The plant is
found y or cultivated in Malacca, Penang, and Singapore, and also
in Java and Sumat
949
- The first published account of n RM Y according to Flückiger
and Hanbury (Pharm PN oe 36), were graer to the
| 0
nexion with India, states that the substance is made chiefly at Malacca,
Siak, and Rhio; that it is in the form of small squares or little round
cakes, almost perfectly white, and that the finer sorts are used for
coarser are shipped to Batavia and China for use in tanning and
dyeing. It was in doubt till Hunter’s paper aera Gambier was the
produce of Acacia Catechu or of a different plan
Plantations of Gambier were commenced at Semper in 1819, where
at one time there were 800 ania ; but owing to scarcity of fuel,
without which the manufacture is impossible, and the dearness of labour,
Gambier planting was, in 1866, fast disappearing. Of late years, owing
an increased demand for the product, and higher prices, Gambier
cetero has rapidly recovered.
r, as at present. met with in — M: - an earthy looking
Bibetanes, of light brown, and sometimes of a yellow hue, ponen ng o
cubes about an inch each side more or less etes it is sometimes
in flat cakes, or in the form of entirely compact masses. doi series
of specimens of Gambier in various forms is shown in the museums id
Economie Botany at Kew [No. L, Case 58]. Some Gambier cubes a
externally of a reddish brown colour, and compact. Internally fed
le cinnamon We ue, S porous, tesis devoid of m but
com
essentially masio to Cutch or Black Catechu, obtained from Acacia
Catechu. Like Cutch, ree Pale Catechu is said to contain a yellowish
colouring matter, which has been named Quercetin.
Altho ough by far the largest consumption of Gambier is in — and
dyeing, an appreciable quantity of the finer — also used in.
medicine. It is especially valuable as an astringent. It is more readily
vig than the Catechu of Acacia Catechu, and is more powerful than
Kin
Pale Catechu or Gambier is largely used in diarrhea and dysentery, in
relaxed conditions of the uvula and palate, and for hoarseness in publie
speakers and singers. à
Hunter states that :—
* For the cultivation of this plant, a rich red
soil is preferred. “Tt gives the most luxuriant crop when the rains are
"frsinsbeit but does not thrive in grounds that are apt to be flooded. On
this account the side of a hill is esteemed better than any other
situatio
- The plants are propagated from seed.* In three months after
sowing, they appear above the ground; after this they grow fast, and
~ * Simmonds (“Tropical Agriculture," p. 387), den that the plant is propagated
either by seeds or cuttings, but the latter are preferr
250
may be moved to the field when nine inches high. They are there
f
end of two years, when the bushes have attained their full growth.
They continue in their prime, and admit of being cut twice a year,
during a period of 20 or 30 years, provided care be taken to keep the
ground clean and the roots free from weeds. Their tops must be cut,
so as to prevent them from growing to a greater height than five or
six feet.
“From good ground and a garden well kept, 10 piculs (of 1331 lbs.
each) of dry Gambier are usually obtained on every orlong twice a year,
months. In this case the young leaves yield a whiter drug than
e old.”
The following more recent Mou is taken from the Tropical Agri-
culturist for €— 1885, p. 2
“When a Chinaman wants to open a garden, the forest is felled and
burned off as rom coffee, the piece did for pepper is dug up and
prepared most carefully, pepper cuttings planted about he feet apart,
and a jungle post about 10 feet high sunk in the beside each
ned. The
forest eight chains wide, in which he has the right of cutting any
the garden is any distance from a town. a little more care was given
to the Gambier, there can be no doubt that, not only would the returns
be greater, but the garden would last much longer; the Gambier being
generally worn out long before the pepper begins to fall.”
The following particulars are taken from de. Straits Times (See
Pharmaceutical Journal, April, 1888, p. 863.) :—
*'The main points in Gambier planting which are so attractive to
Chinamen, are the great rapidity with which they can get a crop out
of the dir En the small original outlay which is required. .
eaf of the young Gambier plant is thick and fleshy, and
yields a a large quii x extract; but as the shrub ages the leaves
become thinner, and m brous in texture, and lose their character-
istic fles amid n a Title over 10 years a plantation is almost
valueless, and as a general rule, is abandoned within 15 years. This
result is certainly due to the — treatment to which the shrub is
subjected . The shrubs are cut down with no
Maris hand ; leaves, shoots, ; and twigs, are all lopped off by the
Chinaman’s knife, and the plant is well nigh reduced to the condition
of a mopstick, and left with barely suffici sient leafage to enable it to carry
on its existence. P o attempt is made to manure the plantation. The
e 251 :
soil, deprived of its natural shade, is left either to be burned into the
n of a brick, or else the whole place is TE gem lalang.
e only wonder is that a Gambier plantation is not u
It is une an error to — that thé plant ina. the soil like
indigo. The manufacture of so mpi is as
barbarous as its ‘cultivation. The green leaves and shoots are roughly
chopped with a parang and thrown into a qualli, whieh i is then filled
up with water; the furnace below the iron pan is of the roughest
possible construction, and consumes an immense quantity of firewood
outside to be afterwards carried uff to the pepper garden. The liquor
left in the qualli from the second boiling is too weak to converted
into Gambier, but is an excellent extract in which to boil up the next
lot of green leaves. As soon as the extract in the small wooden tubs,
already spoken of, i is suificiently cool to allow of the hand being placed
in it, a very curious process of agitation is adopted by the Chinese,
which it is difficult to clearly deser ibe. The coolie squats before the
own a piece of light shaped like elon dice-box. The
immediate effect of this treatment, is to cau Gambier extract to
thicken. In fact it sets up a process of Doers Ana the extract
assumes a coucrete form, and becomes Gambier. is quite cool
it is turned out from the tub, as from a mould, and sated with a knife,
trays placed in rudely constructed racks over = dapur, and should
be left there for four or five days to get smoke-dried. The cubes at the
end of this time, will have thrown off an inimense percentage of water,
and have become greatly reduced in size. In the
ordinary run of Gambier, which merchants are now content to receive,
there are no traces of cubing, and when cubes are to be discerned they
e of an extraordinary size, the colour is of an unclean white to a dirty
pale yellow, and the mass frequently steams.”
e account of Gambier preparation given by Fluckiger and Hanbury
(.Pharmacographia, p. 337), differs in some slight details. It is
borrowed from Jagor’s Singapore, Malacca and v Berlin, 1866.
* 'The Gambier plants are allowed to grow 8 to 10 feet” high, and
as their foliage is always in season, each plant is stripped three or four
times in the year. The apparatus and all that belongs to the manufac-
f the m l
cast-iron pan about three feet across is built into an earthen fireplace.
ki
Water is poured into the pan, a fire is kindled, and the leaves and young
shoots, freshly plucked, are scattered in, and boile for about an hour.
$ :
boiler. The decoction is then evaporated to the consistence of a thin
252 °
syrup, and baled out into buckets. When sufficiently cool, it is
und
the thickened portion being constantly rubbed off while at the same
time the whole is in motion, it gradually sets into a mass, a result
which the workman affirms would never be produced by simple
stirrin round. Though we are not prepared to concur in the work-
man’s opinion, it is reasonable to suppose that his manner of treating
the liquor favours the crystallization of the catechin in a more concrete
form than it might otherwise assume. The thickened mass, which is
n
ins on ,000
80, 000 shrubs, and yields 40 to 50 catties (1 catty=1} 1b.) f Games
The United MEE Consul at Singapore, in view of the more exten-
sive use of ier in his country, furnished a report on the industry
(Tropical Agri riculturist, vol. ii., pp. 321, 322), which supplements in
one or two particulars the account already iven. He states that
* Rich Chinese capituli known as *towkays, upon the arrival of
* shiploads of poor coolies from China, either hire them and make
* contracts vilis them for planting and boiling Gambier, or they advance
* them money upon condition of obtaining a certa ain share of the cro
* and take care that eid receive the *lion's share.’ By dint of careful
* management and great industry some of the coolies that plant on
" shares, earn a little more than a living, and invest this in such a
** careful manner in something or cd some way, that in a few years
* they become small "towkays' themselves, and pretty soon wealthy
* ones. There are to-day in Singapore immensely wealthy Chinese
“© «towkays, who were once Gambier-planting coolies,
* * * * * $
* Gambier is exported chiefly for tanneries in Europe and America
“ as a very excellent substitute for bark. It is also used for dyeing,
“ and in a purified state for medical purposes. I have also been told
* that beer-brewers purchase it, bus I have been unable to learn for
* what special purpose—1 suppose o give beer a dark brown colour;
* if so, while it serves to cheat, it is af least harmless if not used too
LI
y.
“ When I first came here Gambier was not largely exported to the
- United | States, and rather to Europe—England principally. At that
* time it vacillated d $3 to $3:50 per picul, and that figure
* was (for the com sort and not for *cube") not often ex-
* ceeded until the latter half of 1879, when it gradually rose, owing
* to unprecedented demands, to ie nd over, and this without getting
" lower than $4 to the present tim
“ The exports of Gambier to ue United States during the last three
* years have amounted to he: a vd 05. Considering this large
“ quantity, it must be in cesis and must be regarded
.* at home as a peulltabie mätorial pen that purpose
253
_ From what has "— already stated, it would appear that the cultiva-
purposes. The demand for Gambier appears to be extending both in
this country and in the United States, but the supply at present fails to
satisfy consumers either as to the quality or quantity.
If the Gambier plant is capable of being successfully grown, and
would yield its special product in other localities as well as it does in
the Malay States, there is no reason why so valuable an industry should
not be introduced to the West ith a Africa or to such West Indian
Colonies as Trinidad and Demer It does not necessarily follow
that the same wasteful system of UA should be adopted in other
Colonies. The m ei is one ees ay very fairly be takap, "p in con-
requires à dose ric soil and a high . range of temperature, si
y
bmi AR A e eultivated.
In t st instance, seeds might be obtained from the Straits
Settlements. Owing, however, to the regular cropping of the leaves,
the plants do not ears seed regularly, and what is peo aged may be
found somewhat shy in germinating. Plants of Gambier have been
paeo Aeron to the Royal Was Kew ey present they
own under — treatment, and appear to be healthy and vigorous.
There i is pet however, at present any stock for distribution.
n the official statistics of imports into the United Kingdom, Cutch
is rages combined. with Gambier. The figures for the last
three years, are :—
Year. Tons. Value.
. £ :
1886 - - ^ 28,369 654,438
1887 - - - - 27,258 658,364
1888 - " - 28,135 704,731
The Tropical pietre (April, 1889, p. 671), however, estimates
that Cutch onl unts to about one-fifth of the total imported.
Gambier Pardi: remains as the most — aud preponderant
tanning material in the commerce of the Eas
254
CXVII.—FIBRE INDUSTRY AT THE BAHAMAS.
(Agave rigida, var. Sisalana.)
In the pud em for March last, p. 57, information was give
respecting a new Fibre industry at the Bahamas. Since that js
gone of the] leaves of the plant have been received at Kew, and it
has now been possible to determine the species, as shown in the following
sete addis to the Colonial Office :—
ROYAL GARDENS, E to the COLONIAL OFFICE.
SIR, al Gardens, Kew, 18th July 1889.
WirH reference to your gins of the 14th February 1887, and
subsequent correspondence on the subject of the “Pita” Fibre plant of
the Bahamas, I am desired by Mr. Thiselton Dyer to inform you that
he has lately received from Sir Ambrose Shea stats of leaves of
this plant, which have now enabled us to identify it
. When specimens of boca ved plants growing at the Bahamas
were forwarded to Kew two years ago, a description of which was
forwarded with a letter du the 16th May 1887, the A ite plant
was not among them. e various species of Agave are extremely
difficult to distinguish, and it is quite possible that the plant de described
as No. 1 Agave lurida was sent to this country under the i ———
that it was “identical with what is known locally as the “ Pita p
ita? of the amas, which it is hoped will ie rise to
a succes local industry, from the specimens of leaves that have now
is a most interesting and valuable plant. There
little doubt H is Agave Sisalana of Perrine, now generally recognised
as a variety of Agave rigida of Miller.
. A good description of the plant, by Engelmann, is quoted in the
& Kew Bulletin for March 1887, p. 5.”
5. This plant has doubtless reached the Bahamas, where we under-
40 years ago. The absence of teeth on the leaves, their extreme length
(often attaining 5—6 feet), and the robust and free-gro wing habit of the
plant are qualities which render it one of the best, if not the best, fibre
d E steps — taken of the Governor of the Bahamas "
ipu os fully justified by the intrinsic merits of this Agave, and Mr
the which have been obtained in this country on the quality
and alie of the fibre
* * * * *
I have, &c.
Edward Wingfield, Esq., C.B., (Signed) D. Morris.
Colonial Office.
[All Rights Reserved. |
ROYAL GARDENS, KEW.
BULLETIN.
OF
MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION.
No. 35.] |. NOVEMBER. [1889.
OXVIIL—PHYLLOXERA REGULATIONS AT THE
CAPE
The following letter, enclosing a copy of the new regulations affecting
the introduction of plants and bulbs, lately published in the Government
to this establishment by the Agent General. It will be noticed that the
regulations, dated the 15th May 1884, absolutely prohibiting the intro-
duction of any plants, tubers, roots, or bulbs into the Cape Colony, have
now been so far modified as to admit oť the introduction to Cape Tow
of plants other than grape vines under certain specified conditions.
Sir CHARLES Mitts, K.C.M.G., to ROYAL GARDENS, Kew.
Sin, 112, Victoria Street, London, S.W.
I ENCLOSE, fer. your ss Se a copy of a recently issued
proclamation revoking, so far as it relates to the port of Cape Town,
the regulations prohibiting the introduction into the Colony, from places
NDON:
PRINTED FOR cnr merce NE OFFICE,
D SPOTTIS
PRINTERS TO mimes isi 8 MOST arto titm MAJESTY.
rchased, either directly or through any Bookseller,
EYRE pre BORNIN aged East HARDING STREET, FLEET eibi E.C., and
NGDON STREET, 8.W.
ADAM AND CHARLE d: BLACK, 6, NORTH BRIDGE, EDINBURGH; or
HODGES, FIGGIS, & Co., 104, DN MINE STREET, DUBLIN
1 1889.
Price Twopence.
256
beyond the boundaries thereof, of grapes, vines, trees, plants, roots,
bulbs, &c.
ave, &c.
The Director, (Signed) CHARLES MILLS.
Royal Gardens, Kew.
REGULATIONS.
1. The importation into this Colony, from places beyond the boun-
daries thereof, of all grape vines or cuttings, or portions of grape vines,
is absolutely prohibited.
importation in the port of Cape Town of trees or plants
(other than grape vines), and of tubers, roots, and bulbs, from any place
beyond the Meme of this Colony, will only be allowed under the
following conditions :—
(a.) No such imi or plants, tubers, roots, or bulbs with earth
adhering thereto, or in or cases containing earth, with
the exception of grafts packed in clay = seed potatoes, shall
be introduced into the port of Cape Tow
(b.) A declaration from the consignor made bore a magistrate o
other local authority having the power of administering athe,
stating (1) that the articles proposed to be imported were
taken from a field, garden, greenhouse, hothouse, or other
place containing no vine plant or any portion thereof, either
growing or stored; (2) the distance of the nearest vineyard,
and whether such vineyard has at any time suffered or is
suffering from the Phylloxera vastatrix, must be produced by
the consignee before such articles shail be allowed to be
(e) ei packages cases, pots, or coverings whatsoever containing
s, pla s, tubers, roots, or bulbs shall be examined, before
DU y an officer appointed for that purpose, and it
shall be the duty of jus oe to open all such packages,
cases, pots, or coverings, for the purpose of the examination
eee and to afford every facility to the examining officer
during his examination.
(d.) On ihe examining officer being satisfied as to the absence of the
Phylloxera vastatrix from the articles proposed to be imported,
sufficiency of the declaration in section (b) above
mentioned, he shall give a certificate to that effect to the
consignee, ‘and without such certificate no such articles shall be
landed.
(e.) Should it appear to the examining officer that there are reasons
for suspecting that such articles may harbour the Phylloxera
vastatrix, he may, if he think fit, order the said articles to be
disinfected in such manner as the Government may from time
to time require.
(f.) All packages, cases, pots, or coverings containing articles which
shall be found to be infected with the Phylloxera vastatrix,
together with the articles therein, shall be immediately
destroyed.
(g. e Government does not hold itself liable for any loss or
fr
penen jenes them, or from any process that may be
idered necessary to discover the existence or otherwise of
the Pipan vastatrix
967
CXIX.—COLLECTING AND PRESERVING FLESHY
FUNGI
I.
ced is continually being xm A collectors abroad as to the
best means of preserving fleshy fu ungi, so o send them home in a
cótidiiod" suitable for determination. It is by no means an easy task to
advise, in a general manner, on such a subject, but a few hints may be
of assistance. The large woody Po olyporei and the leathery species of
Stereum only require ib ‘be dried (flattened where possible) te be avail-
able for the herbarium. With the soft and fleshy Agarics the case is
sketches of the form, size, and colour as in life. It is not absolutely
essential that they should be coloured, although that is best, but the
colours must always be stated on the drawings. To assist those who are
not facile with the pencil, it is recommended that the specimen collected
should be divided longitudinally through the cap, and down the centre
of the stem. When this is done one half should be laid on a sheet of
white paper, with the cut surface downwards, and the outline traced
carefully upon the paper with a sharp pointed pencil. On removing the
or markings of the stem. Another copy of the section made side T
side, on the same paper, would give the outline = the gills, and b
ittle care and practice it will be found easy to draw the line from the
stem to the edge of the cap, indicating the point of junction of the gills
with the flesh of the cap. This should be done very ao Gl ae
down the stem. Then also it should be shown if the stem is solid or
hollow. A little colouring, even if not artistic, would be more useful
than mere description of the general appearance of the Agaric. Then
should follow copious notes, vt etur all the points essential to a true
diagnosis :—whether growing wood, or on the ground; whether
viscid when fresh, or pe rfectly p ; whether of an agreeable or fetid
odour ; whether qui ite pun or mealy, silky or scaly ; whether acrid
mild ; th
t r pungent ild; whether moderately persistent or
deliquescent ; and, if the nuc is not coloured, then to state the colou
o he stem, and gills, as explicitly as possible. It need
s tbat the locality and date should be indicated together
with a number which should also be attached to the specimens or their
remains. These latter should be dried as thoroughly as possible, and
sent with the sketches.
The only process of drying which can be recommended, as applicable
abroad, is to expose the Agaries or Boleti, or other fleshy fun ngi, to a free
current of air so as completely to deprive ‘them of moisture. Care must
be taken at this point that the specimens are not attacked by insects.
When dried but not brittle a little pressure may be ru so that the
specimens may be flattened to assure greater convenience in packing.
Carefully eut sections through the centre of the pileus and pmo would
U 60824. 750.—10/89. Wt. 1. a2
258
be an advantage, but insufficient by themselves. ‘These may be dried
between moderately absorbent paper which requires changing every few
All indications of colour should be given wherever this is liable to be
ted.
are worth the trouble of collecting at all, they at least merit a little
more care, and should come to hand in a condition that would ensure
their recognition, .
Fleshy fungi, when undergoing a long voyage are very liable to the
incursions of insects, and especially of a marauding weevil. If sketches
pan ji
care should be exercised to secure the whole base of the stem (when
present) since it is of great importance for accurate determination. _
M OOKE.
Il.
The group of fungi known as the Gasteromycetes includes the puff-
balls, earthstars, stinkhorns, &c., and judging from the mutilated spe-
cimens received from various parts of the world, contains numerous
species of especial interest alike to the systematist and biologist.
Mature specimens of all kinds should be allowed to remain exposed to
l
suspend them in a current of air. Most of the puffball family will bear
this treatment, which is easy and successful; when dry, the specimens
should not be pressed at all, but wrapped separately in paper and
packed in boxes to prevent crushing. In cases where space cannot be
afforded for unpressed specimens, the plants after being dried by ex-
instances absolutely valueless, Many species are covered with spines
or warts that fall away during drying, hence it is necessary for the col-
lector to make a note of such characters as are not likely to be observed
259
wood, moss leaves, &c.; as also is the habit, whether solitary,
gregariou crowded, &c.
asa a rule gather mature specimens only, but for the purpose
of ascertaining the structure and affinities, young specimens are also
D able, and should, it pesiibde, be preserved in spirit ; dry mature
und an excellent medium for the preservation of delicate liverworts,
tá uds, &c.,as it causes no contraction or hardening of the tissues,
and does not affect the colour.
G. MAssEE,
CXX.—O0IL PALM IN LABUAN.—A SUCCESS AND A
| — -- FAILURE
(Eleis guineensis.)
One of the duties which is cheerfully undertaken by the Royal
Gardens is to assist any vecti of the Empire in introducing and
establishing any new plant which promises to serve as the foundation of
a new indust Every attempt of the kind, as far as the Colonies are
concerned, is generally undertaken on the initiative of the Colonial
Mcr While Kew assists in the technical de ils. of the experiment
d performs the duty of emn d receiving, cultivating, and trans-
mitting or Ar "Wis to the nage sbi it is only a matter
f j code ta no pain
oxtail way in bringi
experience and "local know aded ol of one part of the wm to the aid of
another, It would be difficult indeed to withhold co-operation from a
dy © carry out every oe which holds out
it is considered ; a p or bei e it out has to be matured ; all the
necessary incidental Vuforitskión las to be collected ; and then the plan
is carried into execution. Sometimes it fails the first ut then a
second attempt has to be made, and so on till success is sec
that then wot is to wait for the result; and gm in any iibi
prai cases not be reached for yea
the interval Governors and officials change. It may be,
dilagh | it is not alter so, that the ardour with which the experiment
was launched evaporates with the individual whom it inspired. A new
Colonial Government seme - regard with apathy and even hostility
the work of its aud the whole enterprise may fall into
oblivion till some chance bf. o n the same subject s to the
digging out of the file of papers naag its record from the Kew
260
The introduction of the Oil Palm from the Gold Coast into Labuan
is such a story. The work was done, the trees grew and even fruited,
= ten years later were grubbed u
In € m of last month an applieation has been received from
the Queensland Government for a supply of seeds of the Oil Palm for
sse cultivation in that Colony.
COLONIAL OFFICE to ROYAL GARDENS, Kew.
Sir, wning son December 7, 1876.
I am directed by the Earl “of Carnarvon to transmit to you a
copy of a despatch received by the last mail dun the Governor of
abuan, suggesting that it would be well to promote in Labuan the
cultivation of the African Oil Palm.
Before taking any steps to carry into effect the wishes of the
Governor his Lordship would be glad to receive your opinion as to the
despatch of seed nuts or any other observations your experience may
suggest on the matter
I am, &c.
Dr. Hooker, (Signed) R. H. MEADE.
Royal Gardens, Kew.
Governor USSHER to the EARL OF CARNARVON.
Government House, Labuan,
My Lorp, October 14, 1876.
conversation I have had with Mr. Treacher, the Acting
Colonial Secretary, I endeavoured to expla in to him the nature, uses,
and eee of the Eleis guineensis or African Oil Palm
2. It struck both him and myself that it might prove : an industry
well vo for Labuan and the neighbouring islands, and that the
rough unskilled labour required in boiling down the nuts for oil would
be well adapted to a people, one of whose principal industries is the
manufacture of cocoa-nut oil.
3. I venture therefore to suggest that your Lordship should cause to
be shipped to the Colony, at its own expense, a few cwts. of the nuts
for distribution and planting. Mr. Treacher himself would take the
major part, as the island of Daat, belonging to ve cousin, Dr. Treacher
is well adapted to palms, 20,000 fine cocca-nut palms being already on
the island, where a few years ago nothing but Jungle was to be seen.
4. Any information as to the process used by the African natives for
its conversion into oil, its cultivation, and the probability of its finding a
market in Australia, ‘would be highly desirable, and a portion of this
information might, I think, easily be furnished by the Governor of the
Gold Coast or the Administrator of Logon where the products of the
oil palm are principal articles of expo
e, &c.
The Right Hon. (Signed) H. J. UssukR
The Earl of Carnarvon, Goie
&c. &c. &e.
261
Messrs. JAMES IRVINE & Co. to Roya, GARDENS, Krew.
Commercial Buildings, Liverpool,
Dear Sir, December 27, 1876.
I Aave much pleasure in acknowledging receipt of yours of
yesterday’s date, asking for a — of the African Oil Palm kernels,
which I think I can easily proc
We have an intelligent dorrenpeasiend from Monrovia in our office at
the moment, and he suggests that the better plan would be to procure
the bundle just as it is turning ripe, and send it home there and then,
packed dry in an air-tight barrel.
m, &e.
W. T. Thiselton Dyer, Esq., ( Signed)" JAMES IRVINE.
Royal Gardens, Kew.
COLONIAL OFFICE to ROYAL GARDENS, Kew.
SIR, Downing Street, January 3, 1877.
Am directed by the Earl of Carnarvon to convey to you his
Lordship’s thanks for your letter of the 26th of December, on the pro-
overnors of Sierra Leone and the Gold Coast have been
ques ggested by i
the details of the. industry which they may be able to collect.
replies have been received they shall be communicated to you.
am, &c.
Dr. Hooker, C.B. (Signed) H. R. MEADE.
Messrs. JAMES IRVINE & Co. to ROYAL GARDENS, KEW.
Commercial Buildings, Liverpool,
SIR, January 25, 1877.
FoLLOwING up my last, I now have pleasure in advising you
that I have “thie day sent off a small parcel of Palm kernels, which was
specially sel from a large quantity.
They are as fresh as it is possible to get them under the circum-
stances, and I hope they will germinate. I am told that they have
repeatedly been planted, and have always failed to grow ; however,
with the extra i il of Kew and Kew superintendents, perhaps
they may grow w
Sir Joseph iS. some 700 trees have sprung up and are ina v
healthy conditio:
take this Saini ty to request you to convey to Sir Joseph
Hooker the thanks of this Scag ma for the trouble he has been
good enough to take in this matte
I have, &e.
; (Signed) W. H. TREACHER,
W. T. Thiselton Dyer, Esq., Acting-Governor.
; Kew Gardens.
LI
266
Administrator TREACHER to COLONIAL OFFICE.
an House, Labuan,
Sir, August 26, 1878.
Wiru reference to the despatches noted in the margin, I have
the honour to report that from the seeds of the Eleis guineensis sent
out to Labuan, at the suggestion of Governor Ussher, by the anthorities
of Kew Gardens, and which were sown on the Island of Daat, som
trees have sprung up.
The seeds were planted in August 1877, ps moivithe standing a
drought, which was quite exceptional and lasted sane ad x h comen:
the young trees flourished, and were eraneplanted i in jg uly las
: is
. As I have already reported, jungle fires prevailed extensively
duri ring the drought above alluded to, denuding, or rather completing
the denudation of considerable iei of uncultivated land formerly
covered with fine timber trees.
e, &c.
(Bizni m H. TREACHE
'The Right Hon (yos SN
Sir Michael Hicks-Beach, M.P.,
&c.
Yei Office.
Royat GARDENS, Kew, to COLONIAL OFFICE.
Sin, Royal Gardens, m June oe
I am desired by Mr. Thiselton Dyer to inform you t
inquiry was made at Kew r espectin an experiment cindéstitken in i die
years 1876-78 to establish the African Oil Palm (Eleis guineensis) in
Labuan.
2. The seeds for the poos were obtained by Kew at the request of
the Colonial Office, and fi copy of a despatch enclosed in your
letter of the 18th Conia: 1878, it appears that 700 plants were raised
on the island of Daat, most of which were irgend transplanted in
July of t year. No information later than 1878 has reached this
lishme
3. i view of the inquiry = mentioned, and for the purpose of
ting the records respecting a very interesting experiment, Mr.
Thiselton Dyer will be glad if the Secretary of State will approve y.
A reference being made to the Government of Labuan to obtain
(Signed) D. Morris.
Sir Robert G. W. Herbert, K.C.B.,
Colonial Office.
267
COLONIAL -OFFICE to ROYAL GARDENS, Kew.
` Sir, owning Street, June 21, 1889.
I am directed by the Shordliry of State for the Colonies to
acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the "Th instant, making
inquiry as to the cultivation of the African Oil Palm in Labuan, and
to inform you that a copy has been transmitted tothe Governor for his
report,
: m, &c.
The Director of (Signed) " ' RorerT G, W. HERBERT.
ew Gardens.
COLONIAL Orrice to ROYAL GARDENS, Kew.
Sir, ning Street, September 25, 1889.
` I am directed by the Sec vens of State for the Colonies to
transmit to you, for dd information, with reference to the letter from
this department of the 21st of June, a copy of the despatch noted in the
subjoined schedule on the subject of the African Oil Palm in Labuan,
am, &c.
The Borat G of the (Signed) Rosrert G. W, HERBERT.
al Gardens, Kew.
AcriNG-GOVERNOR OF LABUAN to COLONIAL OFFICE.
* Cultivation of the African Oil Palm in Labuan."
As reported in Mr. Treacher's despatch, No. 72 of the et An
1878, it appears that 700 of these palms were raised in the id
Daat, and in due time produced nu ate No attempt as fri s I am a
was ever made to aien any oil dun the nuts, and last year V the
Palms Aur all removed to make room for Cocoa-nut trees.
E depend of this Colony, is is eat property, and I ven-
ture 34 suggest that should any further information be required i
Mr. Thiselton Dyer, that he should appl ly to the owner, Dr. Peter Leys
who is now in England, and who would no doubt be glad to supply 1 c
e experiment, so far as I am in a position to judge, was a su
(Signed) S. HAMILTON,
Labuan, Ist August 1889. Actin g Governor.
268
CXXI.—RAMIE or RHEA.
(Boehmeria nivea, Hk. & Arn.
Boehmeria nivea, var. tenacissima, Gaud.)
Readers of the Kew Bulletin will have noticed that considerable
attention has been devoted in its pages to the subject of the present
note. The padar history of Ramie or Rhea, and of the various
efforts that have been made. in recent years to render its valuable fibre
available for edinniecaial enterprise, have been already fully summarised
(Kew Bulletin, 1888, pp. 145-149; pp. 273-280; and pp. 297, 298).
During the present year interest in Ramie appears to have become
more and inore general, and judging by the correspondence addressed
to this establishment the subject is followed with keen interest at home
as well as in India and the Colonies.
n connexion with the Paris Exposition Universelle, 1889, a special
series of trials was held of heraus and processes z Bose menus
Ramie (Exposition Universelle: Essais spéciaux
per pour la LTEM AUS de la Ra wy and at the Tena of ihe
dia Office, and in continuation of similar action taken last year,
Mr. D. Morris, F.L.S., the Assistant Director, was appointed to repre-
sent this country and to prepare a report of the results. This report,
with the permission of the Secretary of State for India, is reproduced
below :—
Royal Gardens, Kew, October 26, 1889.
A series of interesting trials of machines and processes designed for
bios to prepare for the information of the Secretary of State for
India in Council, was published in the Kew Bulletin, 1888, pp. 273—
280.
verselle, and d on the 23rd September last. The jury consisted
for the most part of the members of the Commission of 1888. ‘The
attendance of foreign representatives was considerably larger than in
1888, and the greatest interest was manifested in the proceedings by a
arge concourse of visitors.
The machines and processes this year were confined to those which
had been shown as a regular part of the general exhibition. As wi
be seen later, all the competitors were French, and this in spite of the
fact that more than a dozen machines and processes have lately been
edi in this eountry, which are now in course of being carefully
tested
cleaning Ram ry state. I ventured to express the opinion
(p. 278), that as regards India and our own Colonies it was essential
at ie machine processes should be competent to deal success-
gained Ramie fibre would, I feared, continue to remain unavailable for
commercial enterprise. At the recent trials this was all chan nged. lt
was a noticenble feature throughout the proceedings this year'that no
importance whatever was attached to the decortication of dry ie
stems. ‘The trials were entirely confined to results obtainable with
269
green stems, and in order to make them still more applicable to field
operations te of the stems were supplied freshly cut with leaves and
some without leaves.
The following six machines and one process were submitted to the
TT pe
. E. Armand— Paul Barbier, 46, Boulevard Richard-Lenoir, Paris.
z P. A. Favier— Société la Ramie Française—14, Rue Saint-Fiacre,
Paris [for treatment of dry Ramie stems].
P. A. Favier— Société la Ramie dest mia Rue Saint-Fiacre,
Paris [for treatment of green Ramie s
Norbert de Landtsheer, 2, Place des "Batignolles, Paris [large
con ee
Norbert de Landtsheer, 2, Place des Batignolles, Paris [small
machine].
. Félicien Michotte, 43, [i de Saintonge, Paris
. Ch. Crozat de Fleury et A. Moriceau, Villiers-le-Bel, Seine-et-
Oise [process for ch ‘eine of green Ramie stems in the
field].
“TIS
BARBIER MACHINE.
The machine of M. E. Armand, PERA by Barbier, p more
generally known as the Serbie | machine, was in every respect the same
as that tried in 1888, and described in [5a previous report. It is con-
structed to be worked by hand or by steam power. It weighs 625 kilos.,
and the price is 48/. The construction of the machine is comparatively
simple, and consists of a number of cylinders and beaters with a reverse
action attached. This latter, allows the stalks to be withdrawn when
about five-sevenths cleaned, and of the other ends being put in to com-
plete the operation. ‘The disady antage of this method, as regards time
and output of ribbons, is more fully lisenssed under the De Landtsheer
(small) machine. During the trials this machine caused a considerable
oss als
quality. This would be at the rate of 130 kilos. of wet ribbons per day
of 10 hours; or of 96 pounds (avoir.) of dry ribbons for the same
period.
In the second trials 24 kilos. of stems with leaves were put through
the machine in 101- minutes. The result was 1° d ee Hd wet
ribbons of moderate quality. This would be at the
kilos. of wet ribbons per day of 10 hours; or of 50 founded iae ) ru as
ribbons for the same period
Taking into consideration the cost of this machine and the power
necessary to drive it, the out-turn of ribbons is much too small to prove
remunerative, and the machine in its present form is useless. Better
results than these have been obtained by decorticating Ramie by hand.
FAVIER MACHINE.
Two machines were shown by M. P. A. Favier, whose name is well
known in connexion with the Ramie vite he Machine No. 1 was
designed for the decortication of green Ramie stems, while ESEE
No. 3 was designed for the Gextsiont of dry stems. In this r aor
remarks apply only to Machine No. l. This machine was 2 m. lon ag.
80 cm. broad, and weighed 800 kilos. The price was not stated. It
270
required three-quarter horse power to drive it, and two persons to feed
and receive the ribbons. The machine is adapted to be worked by four
persons, but at the trials, owing to want of space, it was worked with
only two persons. M. Favier stated that it was designed to produce
ribbons entirely free from wood and pith, ready to be converted by a
chemical R aA also by the same SE into vm me filasse ready
for weaving. outward bue! e machine was a long narrow
iron box furnis ished with orons. small cylindrical crushers and
beaters. These were UHR covered by a number of moveable iron
sheets, which both protected the intrieate system of cy finders and
lots of four to six and fed to the ron eat two apertures leadin
ished
system of crushers and beaters. ‘The ribbons passed continuously
through the machine, and were ultimately delivered into the hands of a
workman at the other end perfectly free from wood and pith. In the
first series of trials 10 kilos. of green stems without leaves were passed
through the machine in 44 minutes. Once or twice some of the
ribbons were Eit i in aus bs and the machine had to be stopped
t occupied i not cou t
e time p e
ribbons yielded by 101 10 kilos. of c GE bna IENE 2-820 kilos. 'This would
be at the rate of vi kilos. of wet ribbons bet day of 10 hours ; or, 276
pounds (avoir.) of dry ribbons for the e period. ln the second
series stems, more or iL "dedi with leaves, (dglihe 60:350 kilos. were
passed through the machine in 18 minutes. They yielded 18-100 kilos.
of wet ribbons. This would be at the rate of 603 kilos. of wet ribbons
per day of 10 hours; or 443 pounds (avoir.) of dry ribbons for the
same perio
The ribbons in both cases were well cleaned. "There appeared to
be no waste. The débris under the machine consisted almost ajitivaly
of wood and pit
These results I regard on the whole as satisfactory.
e somewhat intricate character of the various parts of this
machine would be against its general use by planters in the Colonies,
t advance t other
Ramit machines now available. It might, however, be adapted for use
in central factories or usines where skilled labour would be obtainable,
and for this and similar purposes the Favier machine may be
recommended.
MicuorrE MACHINE,
The Michotte Machine, called * La rn at first glance re-
_sembled the Barbier and De Landtsheer (small) machines. It was driven
steam-power, and consisted of a pair of aie a gie farnis shed
with helicoidal grooves running their whole length. e large rollers
first erushed the green stems and then passed them on to beaters with
moveable bars intended to get rid of the wood and pith, In the first
os. of n stems were d nn, d the maehine in
UR minutes, E l kilo. of he cleaned rib n the nd
OS. were Uere through in -— minutes, yielding 6 kilos.
Peis Meer cases th > ribbo mixed with crushed
emere i Pats ert The fibres were also cut
transversely (probably by the helicoidal grooves) and rendered useless.
271
s machine in its present state possesses no merit whatever. It is
eu to realise under what circumstances it could have been entered
for trial.
DE LANDTSHEER MAcHINEs.
M. de Landtsheer exhibited two machines. The small machine was
It was driven by steam-power and required two men to attend to it. It
had a horizontal feed plate, ui consisted of a series of rollers and beaters
which received eight or ten stems at a ee These were cleaned for
abou
stems, under this arrangement, had to be presented twice to the machine
before they were cleaned. This involved a naman loss of time and
reduced the daily out-turn of ribbons. In the Favier machine, as also in
the De Landtsheer large machine, this difficulty has in a great measure
been overcome. The De Landtsheer small machine was used for green
stems in the second trials only. In these 24:400 kilos. of stems, with
leaves, were passed through the machine in 10 obe The yield was
6*500 kilos. of wet ribbons of good quality. This would be at the rate
of 390 kilos. of wet ribbons per T da d of 10 hours ; or "286 pounds (avoir.)
passed through the machine in 63 minutes. The yield was 10:500 kilos,
of excellent fibre worth, according to the opinion of experts, about 70 to
80 ^et per
Th mac Kine of i de Landisheer, like the Favier “einen
e
th
other end ready for drying. Thisis an iocur point Pind. Indeed,
ooves altern m Beyond these are two sets of beaters (batteurs à
ailettes) which break and get ed of the wood and pith and deliver the
ribbons on a revolving stage p beneath, whence they are quickly
picked up by orkman tg laid on one side. The particulars of
weight and Fi e this new machine were not obtainable. It was
driven by a two-horse power engine and required two men to feed it
and remove the ribbons.
the machine in or min ey yielded 10 8,
but these ribbons had a considerable o quantity of pith aad Mod light
dhering to them, and in e the amount of wo nd pith
,a
probably reached 20 to 25 ues aren of the gross weight. Taking the
yield of wet ribbons as they left the machine, the 10 kilos. above
kkn would be at the rate of 2,400 kilos. of ribbons per day of
hours ; or of 1,763 3 pounds (avoir.) of dry ribbons for the same
B
272
n dry, might be removed by a light shaking or scutching, it is
oVidait that this machine will prepare more than half a
ribbons per day. It is notat all VL emer that M. de Landtsheer will
be able to effect some further improvement in this machine. In any
case the machine is worthy the attention of planters, who with a e
instrument could work off about 50 tons of green stems per wee
This is an exceptionally good result, and it serves to show what progress
has now been made in perfecting machines for treating the Ramie plant
on a commercial scale.
In the second trials 46 kilos. of stems with pie were put through
he result was 15 kilos. o
or of 575 pounds (avoir.) of dry ribbons in the same period. "There
is a considerable difference between the results obtained by this machine
in the first and second trials. This was also noticeable in the Barbier
machine. The construction of these machines evidently does not enable
them to cope with stems with leaves atiii d. On the other hand the
Favier machine did better with stems with leaves than those without
leaves. This, however, is not a matter of great importance. In the
field the leaves could be easily detached during the cutting; and if not
removed then, they would fall off of their own accord after lying in a
heap (inducing a slight fermentation) for a few hours
FLEURY-MORICEAU PROCESS.
Only one process was shown. This was ec aa simple, and con-
sisted of steeping the fresh o ay) stems for a ree rt period in boiling
water and removing the ribbons and. An open galvanised tank
about 6 feet long, 2 feet wide, ie about 4 feet deep, filled with
water, was raised on bricks (or stones) about 18 inches from the ground
over en fire. When the water had reached boiling point a crate
containing 50 to 100 fresh stems was lowered «m » (and wien on
eir age and character) left in it for 5 or 15 minutes. At the end of
that time the erate was lifted out, the vis left 46. anki while inogier
lot was put in. ‘The stems alread steeped were then taken up by a
couple of workmen and quickly and effectually cleaned by hand. "The
action of the boiling water had apparently voten loosened ve
attachment of the cortex to the wood, and ribbons were produce
perfectly clean and regular, and apparently without any tis of fibre.
This method was tested in the first trials only. The operation began
by placing 18 kilos. of fresh stems in boiling water and allowing them
. r nute
including the tim cupied in immersing the stems) the workmen,
apparently not specially trained in the work, produced 5:600 kilos. of
excellent ribbons. This would be at the rate of 73 kilos. of wet ribbons
per day of 10 hours; or of 161 pounds (avoir.) of dry ribbons for the
same period.
This process, it will be noticed, is of the simplest possible description.
The only ae necessary is a tank. This tank could easily be
ved place to place in the field, ener the wood of the stems after
the ribbons Mid removed would probabl furnish most of the fuel
necessary. The process can, ae only be utilised in a few special
pore where labour is very chea
M. Crozat states i Xiblons- pfeduced by té pigiai Dd diio.
baled, and delivered ready for shipment at a cost not exceeding 8 to 10
273
centimes per kilo. (about 85 shillings per ton). In Tonkin it could be
done for even less than this
It will be noticed that the Fleury-Moriceau process follows somewhat.
on similar lines to that of the Favier process of 1882. In this latter
the stems were steamed for some time in a close fitting cylinder. The
former is, however, gon iit. and requires absolutely no skilled
labour, nor any plant e idt an open tank, large or small, according: to
the circumstances of the grower.
The inventors of the Fleury-Moriceau process are evidently of
opinion that wherever cheap labour is obtainable it is in every way
preferable, in the production of Ramie 4 mo „to the best machine,
After all, placing the Ramie s ili nly
the old retting process practised so long b» the Chinese, and by means of
which probably the China grass of commerce is still uced. In any
case the Fleury-Moriceau proces sirve s to be artfully considered,
and especially in its applicability t the behind ces of India. There the
ryots might grow Ramie in small areas, prepare the ribbons and sell
hem to Mer ned for export, or to a neighbouring factory or usine.
The steaming process of M. Favier, designed for use under similar cir-
Wofür "filled no doubt on account of the restrictions laced on the
eareful consideration wherever labour is sufficiently Seine to perinit
of ribbons vid produced at a price that will compete with machine-
cleaned ri
The siete value of the several machines, and of the Fleury-
Moriceau process, tried at Paris in 1889, may be gathered from the
following tables :—
TABLE 1.—Frast Series of TRriars. Green stems, without leaves.
Weight y Dy Sie
Machin aa = of Green| Time ha Hla produci
A o Stems. |employed. > in a day of
employed. (Kilos.) produced binii
$ (Kilos.) (pounds
Avoir.).*
Armand-Barbier - 2 10 6m 1:300 96
Favier (No. 1) - 2 10 4} m. 2:820 216
Michotte - - 2 7 1m 1*000 TB
De Landtsheer (large 2 36 2} m 10*000 763}
machine).
Fleury-Moriceau pro- 2 18 46 m 51600 161
cess.
* In preparing this estimate the wet ribbons are calculated to yield one-third of
their era of dry ribbons, and the kilo. is taken as equivalent to 2*204 pounds
+ "This large yield of ribbons must be reduced about 20 per cent. on account of
the pith and wood lightly adhering to them.
*
274
TABLE 2.—Srconp SERIES of TRIALS. Green stems, with leaves.
Estimated
` Quantity of
No. of | Weight Quantity | Dry Ribbons
ROE Hands | 9f Green| Time Ribbons producible
jj emploved.| Stems. | employed. roddesd, |. D & dEY
mp'oyec-| (Kilos.) P Kilos y: 10 hours
^ (pounds
voir
Armand-Barbier — - 2 26 103 m. 1:200 50
Favier (No. 1) - 2 60°350 18 m. 18:100 443
Michotte - - 2 17:400 | 23i m. 6:000 —
De Landtsheer :
(a.) Large machine 2 46 115 m. 15°000 575
(b.) Small machine 1 24:400 10 m. 6°500 287
AWARDS OF THE JURY.
As was the case last year, the official r eport of beer jury will probably
not be published till the appearance of the December number of the
Bulletin de l'Agriculture. In the meantime it oo be mentioned that
the jury, following the rules applicable to the other exhibits at the
Exposition Universelle, awarded a gold medal to M. Favier; a gold
Bag M. de Lan ; and a silver medal to M eury-
These awards, it will be noticed, follow closely the results
iet detailed ^ dag nd they may be accepted as affording a clear
indieation of the relative value of the several machines and processes
submitted to i: e jury.
T enerally interested in Ramie culture it may be mentioned
that the triais of 1889 have proved much more favourable than those
of 1888, and the subject is evidently ripening for solution in many
directions not ime of before.
This can be best shown by a comparison of the results as follows :—
TABLE 3.—Resutts obtained in 1889 compared with those obtained in
1888.
ver of xd Ribbons producible in a
Avoir.)
hours (pounds
Machine. eor kh ing on Green Stems.
1888. 1889.
De Landtsheer :
Large machine - * * xx 1,763*
Small machine - s a 120 287
Barbier - 3 m is š 71 n
Favier, No. 1 - P m à Nr 443
Fleury-Moriceau 3 T > Kis 161
* See note in Table 1.
275
It will be noticed that the best results obtained in 1988 were s the
rate of 120 pounds of dry ribbons per day of 10 hours. This was with
the De Landtsheer small machine. In 1889 this machine, with i proves
ribbons) the returns of dry ribbons would be at the rate of over half a
ton per day.
OTHER MACHINES AND PROCESSES.
Before closing this report it is uae to pass under review a few of
the machines and processes not represented at Paris which have recently
h In the absence of
ome into ice in
carefully arranged public trials under the control of men thoroughly
conversant with the subject, it must be understood that it is impossible
to express an authoritative opinion as to the merits of such machines
h r
furnishing a more or less complete record of Ramie experiments which
have been undertaken during the present year, and of affording infor-
mation that otherwise would not be available to persons interested in
the subject in India and the Colonies.
Tar Dory SYSTEM.
system -e Ca by Peng d Foster eof of the Doty
light)” is based o e assumption sae ecorticating machine,
however Leer will fully meet the seinen of Ramie
planters, who are obliged, with the aid of ‘unskilled 1 labour, to deal with
a large quantity of green Ramie stems within a short time. Captain
Doty is of opinion that where labour is cheap women and children
either to be reate
tral factories or usines, firstly by a process of dirt and
soeg y by chemical cleaning and washing to produce filasse
y for spinning.
“ Nothwithstanding,” says Captain Doty, “ the failures of all previous
“ attempts to deal with this fibre by fermentation it is almost self
* the problem. No mechanical process can will ever
* eliminate the gum by which ee T are cemented together, and
* without the elimination of the 1 the division and sub-division of
* the fibres necessary to err dun a delieate filasse can never be
* obtained."
A trial of the Doty system recently took place near Rome, and a
report thereon was prepared by Signor G. Trombetta, Secretary to the
Italian Ministry of Agriculture, and published in the Bolletino di
gummy substance in the Ramie ribbons is exposed by an acid fermenta-
tion. The ribbons are first ‘of all tied up in bundles and som
fermenting vats, where they remain for about a week. They are then
taken out and washed. Afterwards they are boiled with. ines
276
chemical ingredients for two hours, washed in cold water, and dried and
mbed. The report concludes by stating that the fibre was in some
cases of unequal character as regards colour and quality, due e the
provisional nature of the appliances used ; but the results obtained on a
small scale gave hopes that with larger quantities and suitable boiling
vessels, properly closed, and with proper machinery to agitate the mass,
the fibre would be obtained in a more satisfactory condition.
- Tar Trin MACHINE.
s far as can be gathered from a ces gre privately communicated
by the inventor (Mr. C. G. Till), this is a large machine, weighing
nearly two tons, driven by steam-power, and costing about 1507. It is
urnished with rollers and beaters about 3 feet long; it has a con-
ias
yet been fully tested for the atiri of ribbons, but the inventor
estimates that it will clean between half a ton and a ton per day,
PAPLEUX SYSTEM.
In consequence of letters which appeared in the Melbourne Argus
. at the time of the Centennial Exposition held at Melbourne, i inquiries
were addressed to Kew respecting the Papleux system for cleaning
Ramie.
This system was at one time in operation by Messrs. W. H. Spencer
& Co., of Hitchin, Herts, but is now abandoned. Recent experiments
have been carried on with a formula invented by Messrs. Spencer
themselves, and by means of this they have been successful in preparing
small samples of fibre of excellent qnality. It is probable that Messrs.
W. H. Spencer & Co. will eventually be able to treat Ramie ribbons on
a large scale and convert them by mechanical and chemical means into
filasse or finished yarns. It is understood, however, that at present the
process is not available to the public.
PLAISIER MACHINE.
A machine, the invention of & Dutch Seer named Plaisier, is
the subject of an extended notice in de Indische Mercur of the 19th
some months, and it is stated to treat 5,000 kilos. of green stems per
day, yielding 125 to 150 kilos. of ribbons.
GENERAL REMARKS,
In the Diplomatic and Consular Reports, Series 1889 (p. 37), ess
is given an account of an experimental planting of Ramie at a Colon
the, Province of Santa Dolari Brazil. This Colony obtained de
first prize for a collection of Ramie fibres at the Antwerp Exhibition.
. In the same Reports, No. 525, on the trade of Hankow, attention is
drawn to the facilities which exist there for procuring and manipulating
: Rhea fibre on a large mr The Consul adds, “ it would give me much
bn: to know that a good business in this article could be started
* here. But until machinery for venae t it is larreak exports
* would he emetic.
277
gi n Company to
plant Ramie on a large scale. Experimental plantations had already
proved so successful that machinery had been imported to begin the
operation of preparing the
described in the Ke ‘Bulletin, 1888, pp. 145-149, a Ramie
factory established in Spain, at Torroella de Montgri, Gerona, in the
neighbourhood of large Ramie plantations, appear to have proved suc-
cessful. This factory employed the Favier decorticating machines. In
a letter dated the 19th October 1889, Mr. Wooldridge, Her Britannic
Majesty’s Consul at Barcelona, informs me that ** Ramie is still being
“ cultivated with important results near Torroella, and that they con-
“ tinue to use the Favier — which are believed to be the most
** perfect machines of their
It may be mentioned that these factories are being worked privately,
and probably the methods and machinery are not available to the public,
except under a special arrangement with M. Favier. The fibre prepared
is utilised in France, and does not come into genera] commerce
t
process will eventually be produced to ena 5 the fibre to enter into
commerce and become a regular article of tr
The results of the Paris trials last year sali discouraged Ramie
growers, and little if any extension of Ramie planting has taken place
since Vas time. "The results of the recent trials will no doubt be closely
scanned by those interested in the subject. The first aim of planters
iboold be to sions ribbons of good quality at the lowest P en Von
n other words, planters have to solve the question how to produc
Ramie ribbons, that is, to secure the com lute removal of p^ ores
(which contains the fibre) from the green qure at such a cost as wil
prove remunerative to themselves and at the same time allow sufficient
lasse,
fibres ready for the spinner. ‘The first process will naturally take place
where the plants are grown, in the Colonies or elsewhere, and machines
like those of Favier See De Landtsheer, or processes like that of
Fleury-Moriceau, may be adopted horton to the special circumstances
of the planter. Sufficient gee s has now been made in the working
of these machines and processes to just iy careful trials being under-
taken with them both in India and the Colonies. If these machines
278
or any others that may be forthcoming prove entirely sobbed
and ribbons can be produced at a low initial cost, the question of
their conversion into filasse is one which will naturally come into
prominence. The conversion of ribbons into filasse Nd very probably.
at first at least, take place in Europe, where chem cals and skilled
the more i ilable. In some c i
E
Bo
=
£2
=
=
s
mz
=
ES
e.
eb
ui
Ld
et
4
w
go
©
spot (to save freight charges on the ribbons), and ship only the filasse
to Europe. In any case once a Ramie industry is well started, there
can be no doubt numerous countries will seek a share in it, and E
those arsi special advantages for the growth of th plan
supply of cheap — and good facilities for transport and Pesca
can hope to make it a succ
The best market E Ramie at present appears to be France. What
little is Suported into this country, in the form of China grass or Rhea
is bo ogh up for the French market. In the ewi Circular of
14s. to 10s. per cwt.
a
half-cleaned stuff. The price is much less than China grass, and in
case of large shipments would probably not exceed about 77. or 8l. per
It is important therefore for Ramie planters to aim at the produc-
tion of ribbons at a cost not exceeding about 4/. or 5/. at the port of
shipment. Important elements in such production would be to plant
Ramie only in places where the soil and climate will allow of three or
four erops to be reaped per annum ; where labour is very cheap and
abundant, and where good facilities exist for transport and shipment.
D. Morris.
[All Rights Reserved.]
ROYAL GARDENS, KEW.
BULLETIN
OF
MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION,
No. 36.] DECEMBER. [1889.
CXXIL—POISONING FROM TURNSOLE IN PERSIA.
(Chrozophora tinctoria, A. Juss.)
The following oF ae ote has recently taken place respecting the
poisonous properties of the Turnsole (Chrozophora tinctoria, A. Juss.
Tent. Euphorb. 28, E ; 1. 29). is is an annual plant, with prostrate
habit and softly clothed with stellate tomentum. It is found in the
Mediterranean region, and extends eastward to Afghanistan and India.
The poucncne character of the plant does not appear to have been
dwelt upon, but there can be little doubt, from the observations of Mr.
Casson in Persia, that under certain circumstances it is deadly in its
effects on human life, and this fact cannot be too widely known :—
Mr. Casson to ROYAL GARDENS, KEW.
Her Majesty’s ge Tehran,
Sm, July 8, 1889
HAYE the honour to enclose specimen of a plant, known by the
ers Tatuleh, from the eating of which I found six persons,
varying in age from 65 to 8 years, exhibiting marked symptoms of
LONDON:
PRINTED FOR HER MAJESTY'S STATIONERY OFFICE,
BY EYRE AND SPOTTISWOODE,
PRINTERS TO THE QUEEN'8 MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY.
And to be purchased, either directly or through any Bookseller, from
EY RE AND SPOTTISWOODE, East HARDING STREET, FLEET STRERT, E.C.; and
32, ABINGDON STREET, S.W.; or
ADAM anp CHARLES BLACK, 6, NORTH BRIDGE, EDINBURGH; or
HODGES, FIGGIS, & Co., 104, GRAFTON STREET, DUBLIN.
1889.
Price Twopence.
LI
280
acute poisoning, and all of whom, at intervals varying from 36 to 72
hours, actually died. The symptoms they exhibited were severe
jaundice, abdominal pain, severe vomiting of bilious character, dila-
tion of pupil, bleeding from nose, constipation, bloody urine tinged
oy with bile, and more or less stupor. All died in a comatose state.
If you could give me any information as to whether the plant is known
in rope or any other particulars I should be greatly obliged, as I feel
that the case is one of sufficient toxicological interest to be reported to
the Medical Societies at home. It appears that the plant is known
the Persians to be eie to man, and in this unfortunate instance
was gathered by an ignorant woman in mistake for another plant which
it much resembles, and which 3 is used in this country as an article of food.
In any case I have thought it worthy s FEMME under your notice.
may add that all who ate of the plant
[ have, &c.
(Signed J. HORNSEY Casson,
Physician to om vun onis Legation
To the Director of th n Per
Royal Botanical Gardek Kew.
ROYAL GARDENS, Kew, to Mr. Casson.
à Royal Gardens, Kew, October 14, 1889.
TR,
VE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your let ter of
July 8th, transmitting specimens of a plant, known by the Persians as
Tatuleh, Mist you inform me has proved fatal to six persons who ha
eaten it by m take.
e piat belongs to the natural order Euphorbiacece, which abounds
in acrid and poisonous species such as tbe Physie nut (Jatropha
Curcas), Croton oil (Croton Tiglium), and Manchineel (Hippomane
e cinella). lt has been identified as C, rozophora tinctoria, a plant
suf 6 record of its having been found to be fatally poisonous Lindley,
however, states in his Flora Medica (p. 179) that it is “ an acrid plant,
* with emetie, drastic, corrosive properties. Its seeds, ground into
“ powder and mixed wit oil, are employed as a cathartic medicine.
« 18 cultivated for the deep purple dye called Turnsole which is
* obtained fr
3. a acount of this product is given by the late Daniel Hanbury.
F.R.S., e Pharmaceutical Journal (1849-50, pp. 308-9). It is
termed Transl rags, Tournesole en drapeaux, to distinguish it from
Litmus or Tournesole en pains, the origin of which is different. The
juice of the plant is expressed, and, at first dark green, becomes purple
period. At the time Hanbury wrote they had fallen into disuse every-
where except in Holland, where it was believed their only use was to
colour the exterior of cheese,
I am, &c.
(Signed) W. T. THISELTON DYER.
J. S Mes Lo Casson, g M.R.C.S.,
‘Tehran, Pétsia.
*
281
CXXIII.—MUSSZENDA. COFFEE.
(Gertnera vaginata, Lam.)
Under the name of Mussenda borbonica, M. Lene, a French
So
apothecary, has described in the Bulletin Bimensuel a Société
Nationale @’ Acclimitation de France, 1888, pp. 285-300, a plant found
that the plant in question, described as a new species, was not a
Mussenda at all, but a well known member of the natural order
Logeniacee. It has 2 identified at Kew as Gertnera vaginata,
f bon
Lam., found i s s in Mauritius and also in Bour and
Madagascar. The pies s found in the fruit, athough smaller,
have a superficial n nce in form and fexture to true coffee
“ beans." They are, however, marked Sith radiating lines on both
surfaces, and in this respect, and in the dull-reddish colour, they may be
n distinguishe
he subject of Mussenda Coffee the Foreign Office has commu-
elie to this establishment the following correspondence,
result of inquiry made at Réunion by Mr. C. St. John the British
Consul.
Foreign Orrice to Roxan GARDENS, Kew.
SIR, Foreign Office, June 26, 1889.
Am directed by the Secretary of State for usd y Affairs to
transmit to you, to be laid before the Director of Kew ens, the
accompanying copy of a despatch respecting the Wastin or x Wild
nge.
Samples of the seed which Mr. St. John reports that he has for-
warded will be sent to you upon their receipt at this office.
The Assistant Director, (Signed) ' James FERGUSON.
Royal Gardens, Kew.
[Enclosure.]
Mr. Consul Sr. JoHN to FOREIGN QUAKE.
My Lorp, Axe on, May 14, 1889. ~
As an article has appeared on page 12 of the “British Mail” of
February — relative to a shrub commonly called Mussenda, and
" the subject, I beg to offer a few observations and information derived
from a reliable source.
Unfounded rumours relative to the merits of the shrub have caused
alarm as to the future of the coffee and chicory trade ; but nothing of
the kind, so far as Réunion is concerned, need be apprehended. Th
information given in the “British Mail" as to the quantity of
Musseenda produced in this Colony might be misleading.
60706. — 750.—12/89. Wt.1. E.&S. A2
282
Some 18 months ago a chemist in search of notoriety spread a report
that the berry of this shrub could replace coffee and chicory, and the
question was E talked about and discussed, but all interest in the
subject soon cea;
name is Gewrtnera. It rises to a height of 10 feet, has
but few leaves, wid the branches are wide apart. The berry, when
gathered, is peeled, and then much resembles the coffee berry, though
sm
yield is far less than that of the coffee tree, and the picking more
expensive, that is to say, about 1s. the pound. It is much doubted by
reason of its inferiority that Mussenda could ever compete with
coffee and chicory, even if it were cultivated.
rom an inquiry made at the Chamber of Commerce of St. Denis on
the subject, the correctness of the above meme is des established.
e, &c.
(Signed) - ' C. Sr. Jony.
The Marquis of Salisbury, K.G.,
&c. &c. &c.
e real value of Gertnera seeds as a coffee substitute entirely
depends on whether or not they contain caffeine.
. Lapeyrére, in his paper son cited (p. 292), states that the un-
roasted € — *30 to *55 per cent. of this substance, unroasted
coffee bea er cent. While there would be
nothing hapéobstle ina plant belonging to the same family as coffee,
Rubiacee, containing caffeine, it is quite the reverse in the case of a
member of the Strychnos family, Loganiacee. A sample of the seeds
was tiges submitted to Mr. Wyndham Dunstan, Professor of
Chemistry to e Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain, who has
a fulished. “the following report, and the results of his examina-
Professor Dunstan to Royan Garpens, Kew.
eryn Society of ae nE
sossa Square, W.
Dear Mr. DYER, Research tabore ory, Oniot? 21, 1 9.
I mave examined the chemical sondkitanie of seeds of Garters
vaginata which ges sent me
special search w as made for caffeine or any other € ewe
One hundred and fifty | grains of the finely powdered seeds were mixed
with fifty grains of magnesia and made into a ms with en Tos
mixture was thoroughly dried and powdered. ‘The powder was suc
sively exhausted with boiling chloroform, boiling aleahol, and boiling
water, and the residue left by the evapo ts was
carefully examined for caffeine, but not a trace of this, or indeed of any
other alkaloid, could be detected. '
Ip to commu rn to the Pharmaceutical Society, at its next
meeting in November, further details about these and other ents
I have made. They prove beyond question that no caffeine is opes
»
3 283
and therefore that the seeds cannot be regarded as a proper substitute — —
I am, &c.
(Signed) Wrnpuam R. Dunstan.
It is clear, seach note that as regards essential composition, Mussenda
Coffee is of no more value as a coffee substitute than chicory, date coffee,
acorns, and a variety of other substances which have from time to time
been used or recommended.
CXXIV.—-FOOD GRAINS OF INDIA (continued).
(Dendrocalamus strictus, Nees.)
In continuation of the investigations undertaken by Professor A. H.
Church, F.R.S., respecting the alimentary value of the chief food grains
of our Eastern Empire (Kew Bulletin, December 1887, p. 7, and /. c.
1888, p. — PE those given by the same author in the
Food Grains of India (London: Chapman and Hall, 1886), there is
now given an analysis ofthe grain of the Male Bamboo (Dendrocalamus
strictus, Nees). js grain was received at sas in August last from
the Agricultural and Horticultural eet o
he Maie Bamboo * is in many respects an poe plant, a
and a E
few words on its characteristics and distribution may precede the results
eciduous, bam The stems have a | small central ca cavity or are
entirely solid. They are closely packed in dense clumps, and the stiff
leafless branches near the base assume a spinose character. The joints
are 12 to 18 inches long and 1 to 3 inches in diameter. The leaves
are exceedingly variable in size, tens 3 to 9 inches long, and a quarter
. Th
ovoid, a quarter of an inch long. This gps is widely spread and ve
common throughout India and Burma. In t Panjab it is confined t
the sub-Himalayan tract. It extends to Java, mde not to Ceylon. * The
* species ass ee flowers gregariously, ums je single —
Sir Di Dietrich Brandi i in the work olay cited, states that the stems of —
the Male Bamboo attain 2 20 or : feet in the Panjab, in South India to
first year. These seus are strong "and elastic ; héy are much u
* But why Male it is dificult to say. In the structure of the flower pae species
ssesses nothing exceptional that would account for the name, and it seeds
ps
284
for roofing, basket and wattle work, and they make excellent lance-staves.
In the bamboo forests of the Panjab and the North-West the different
pach and descriptions of this bamboo are classified under a multitude of
"The analysis of the grain made by Professor Church is as follows :—
Dendrocalamus strictus.
The grain of this bamboo, after NE of the husk, gave, on
analysis, the following results in 100 part
Water - - E - « 13'9
Albuminoids - - - = II*5
Starch, &c. - - - E - 66°3
i - ^ : - - d ues
Fibre - - - - - 6°9
Ash - eo £46. - - ero
per cent. only—a difference which is not an unusual one. The ratio
of albuminoids to carbohydrates plus the starch—-equivalent of the oil—
will then be 1:6 instead of 1:6. These figures are very near those
iven by Bambusa arundinacea* and. B. Tulda,t which the present
me closely resembles in chemical Composition and P actin Its
husked grains are, however, smaller than those of B. Tu pu are
larger than those of B. arundinacea, as shown in the aarde ‘table
Bambusa Tulda- - - cia husked fruits weigh 100 grains.
Doris indt strictus 2 » »
Bambusa arundinacea 300 5 » »
There is more oil, but also more fibre in this grain than in that of
the other bamboos to which reference has been made
ABC:
CXXV.—RAMIE OR RHEA.
(Boehmeria nivea, Hk. & A
Boehmeria nivea, var. raris Gaud.)
The report on the results of the trials of machines aud methods for
decorticating Ramie stems, held at Paris on the 23rd September 1889,
. was published in the Bulletin for last month (p. 268
It is evident from this report that considerable progress has been
made towards a solution of the problems involved in the treatment of
. Ramie fibre, and it remains for those interested in the subject in India
and the Colonies, to initiate locally such further experimental trials of
Sure * s * Food Grains of India, p.
ee t Kew Bulletin, December 1887, p. &.
285
machines and methods as will determine, with an abundance of green
s at hand, whether Ramie fibre can now be made available for
he Foreign Office has communicated the following letter addressed
to Lord oe Her Majesty's Ambassa dor at Tas, b J
My Lorp, Paris, October 29th, 1889.
Wiru reference to Lord Rt 8 Despatch (No. 124 of the
-— instant), on the subject of t s an cial reports in the
ter of Rhea fibre-cleaning o at the Eiern Exhibition,
I ind the honour to enclose copies of the general list of awards which
has just been made public, to which I have added a list of the special
awards for decortication of Ramie fibre.
The [official] reports which have been asked for will probably not
appear, so I hear from Mr. Berger, till some time next year.
I have, &c.
(Signed) J. A. Crowe.
[ Enclosure. ]
EXPOSITION UNIVERSELLE, 1889.
Concours de Décortiqueurs pour la Ramie.
First Prizes.
P. A. Favier, Société la Ramie Francaise, 14, Rue Saint-Fiacre, Paris
[for machines for treating Ramie stems
Norbert de Landtsheer, 2, Place des Batignolles, Paris [for machine
for treating Ramie stems].
Second Prize.
Ch. Crozat de Fleury et A. Moriceau, Villieurs-le-Bel, Seine-et-Oise
[for process for the treatment of green Ramie stems in t the fiel d].
already given in Mr. Morris’s ee
M. Favier to Royat GARDENS, Kew.
Paris, 14, Rue Saint-Fiacre,
Sir, 11th Nov ember 188
I nave duly received a copy of the Kew Bulletin of miscel-
laneous information, which you have been good enough to send me, and
I beg to thank you for the compliment
Since the trials upon which you have reported I have res some
improvements to my m achine, to prevent the ribbons from being en-
: _ tangled in the rollers, wail an the 23rd October I ied edd further
286
experiments in the presence of numerous people interested in the
subject.
qnem through my machine, with two workmen, 100 kilos. of green
stems, more or less with leaves, in 12 minutes. This is equivalent to
5,000 kilos. of green stems (and assumiug the rate of yield at 5 per cent.
of dry ribbons) i: about 550 pounds (avoir.) of dry ribbons per day of
h the fu orkmen necessary to
The intricate nature of my machines, to which you allude, i is only
apparent. ‘They consist Shave of tte MEE parts of crushers
€ rollers, Par] 10 or 12 kilos. each, so arranged that they can
asily taken in and out. es work Fi puttin g ap these machines is very
seine, and the ey can be easily regulated by anyone.
he little power required to drive my machines deber tape horse-
power) clearly indicates that the several parts are not heavy to move,
and that there is really nothing in them cumbersome or involving strain
on the fibre ue in other — machines hitherto produsi.
The co Pu my machine (for nw green Ramie pem. will
— » 807. to 100/., with a royalty, which is not yet fixed.
Directeur de la Société « La
D. Morris, Esq. Ramie Francaise."
At the date of the publication of Mr. Morris's report, the demand for
Ramie ribbons in the London market was so slight that the prices quoted
may possibly have offered little inducement for embarking in Ramie
growing in the Colonie
The information received from RE Ide and Christie, in a letter
daroa 29th October 1889, was as follow
ere is very little inquiry for rivbons at present, and we do not
à think they would fetch more than 8/. to 102. per ton. We may
- confie our cireular report by simply dee Nothing. doing."
“ There are some parcels of highly prepared Ramie in London just
now, some of Indian and some of English manufacture, the values of
which range from 2 Lt o 50/. E Those are on sale, but the
Since that time, however, it appears that a Singers peligro
has taken place in the price of Ramie ribbons, f an
Christie, in a letter dated the 5th November le. were able to report as
follows :—
* During the past week some considerable investment
* has | taken place in Ramie; the who!e stock i m ^ gri of n has
287
EU Messrs. Ide and Christie's monthly circular, dated 15th November,
ii » stated :—
** China porri a pe is inquiry, and a large turn over has ocean
“ from 30s. to 34s. [per ew
* Rhea.—Stocks of raw ‘bons cleared out up to 16s. [er ewt.].
* Market bare, with plenty of inquiry."
It may be mentioned that the remarks on the Papleux system, m
appeared at p. 276, may be supplemented by the information that Mes
. H. Spencer & Co. are associated with The Boehmeria Sepa,
Limited, at Hitchin, Herts, formed for the purpose of converting Ramie
and other textiles into yarns
CXXVI.—COOL CULTIVATION OF TROPICAL AND
SUB-TROPICAL PLANTS.
Horticulture is essentially an empirical art. Botanical science can
afford but little à priori information as to the cultural conditions which
any given plant will require or will tolerate ; Alien for the most part
can only be found out by trial and experience.
There can be no doubt that owing to this circumstance very great
mistakes are made in the treatment to which newly introduced plants
flour’ shes, to give any “clue to es conditions. Take the case E
Brazilian Tree Ferns. "There is nothing in habit or botanical characters
to show whieh of these require cool and which hot treatment; and it
is not till one has succeeded in killing a good many by the latter that e
begins to wonder whether the former might not be worth irying. And y
- it is hard to rid oneself cf the prepossession that plants from the nein
must be best treated by heat and moisture eg that there is something
xpi irrational in giving ion nything e r. H. J. Veitch, in an
. able paper recently published ia cud J Tien of ihe Royal Horticultural
RiT, as shown by what slow steps cool treatment for orchids has
been gradually established. ** Epi phyta tal orchids," he remarks, * were
] Fo
* half a century England was, as Sir Joseph Hooker once observed,
** * the grave of tropical orchids.’
It might have been ex posted t that the same thing would be found to
be true of other kinds of plants, and in some measure this is found to
the
Ll
288
species of palms which we have now accumulated. And I have not
hesitated to transfer to the Temperate House plants which I thought
would probably endure a lower temperature. I did not expect to find,
as has proved to be the case, that many of them luxuriated in the change.
The Temperate House, as its name indicates, had previously been
dedicated to the plants of warm temperate countries, which were
incapable of surviving our English winter in the open air. It appeared
to me that its interest might be gre wes enhanced by introducing freely
into it sub-tropical types of vegetatior
ow, nowhere have plants of this. kind been made the subject of ex-
perimental cultivation on so vast a scale as on the Riviera. The
exceptional conditions of its climate have tempted persons possessed of
horticultural tastes and considerable wealth to try freely in the open air
to the South of France to report upon what he was able to observe. To
this the Board assented; and the result of Mr. Watson's mission is
contained in the following pages. They are published in the hope that
they may be useful to others beside the staff of the Royal Gardens.
Moo. oe 13
Rew , 25 November, 1889.
The gardens of the Riviera have become rede for the large number
of exotic plants, many of them even tropical, which are cultivated there.
with astonishing success in the open air. Probably in no other part of
Europe are the conditions so favourable to real and varied sub-tropical
gardening as in that narrow strip of country which UE along the
northern bordet of the M edterratdkn from Hyères to Gen
Reports of what these gar — ontained have decirme foti time to
time in horticultural and other journals ereeither too discursive
or fragmentary to enable one to for m any correct dosi to what was grown
and how it was accomplished. It was therefore decided that I should
visit some of the principal gardens of the Riviera for the purpose of
seein ng what succeeded best in somewhat similar conditions. This I
accordingly di di in the latter part of October last, visiting as many
gardens as possible between Hyères and Mentone in’ the fortnight at my
dis
The f following notes are intended to serve as a report on the mos
pine. of the many tropical and sub-tropical plants noted during this
journ
sinite and other otiafttons beh Ms to this portion of the South of
France. In the Journal of the Linnean Society, Vol. XVIII, p. 135
(1880), is a paper by Professor Allman, M.D., F.R.S., on the natural
vegetation of the Riviera, in which o one gets an excellent idea of the
characteristic features of those parts which I visited. I take the liberty
to quote from this paper the following paragraphs :—
- “Nowhere in Europe is there a region which, in winter and spring, basks
* under the rays of a more genial sun, where its mountain barriers more .
* thoroughly defend it from the icy. winds which sweep over the ek
_ © tected plains of the north ; and when the season of rains is at an
* there spreads over all this sunny land an atmosphere of absolute
Kee eese ae extreme southern boundary lie the
289
* wa — of the Mediterranean, flowing round enero: cr
* picturesque headlands, and gleaming with an intensity of blue ap-
a poached by that only of the cloudless sky which sre over all.
* When we seek for the conditions which give to the flora of the
** Western Riviera a character so essentially its own, we find a elimate
* remarkable for the mildness of its winters and the high temperature
* and dryness of its summers. It is thus qe a purely insular nor a
* purely continental climate; for the cool ce: ers and the rigorous
** winters of the latter are here equally absen ;
* No less peculiar is the distribution cvs rain throughout the year.
“ The season of rain is confined to the winter and spring months, while
* the summer is, as a rule, absolutely rainless.
* With the most important elements of climate thus mra a
* well marked influence must be exerted in determining the periods
“ active vegetation. After the winter rains have su plied the humility
* essential to the perfect development of vegetation, there bursts u
* in its suddenness. And then, when spring is su ot
"c s mer, vegetation becomes arrested, and the freshness of
“ the spring landscape is gone; for even the evergreens b ll
“ and lustreless under the increasing heat and aridity of T.
The annual rainfall in most of the Riviera stations is about the same
as that of Greenwich, viz., 25 inches. The whole of this rain, with
the exception of an occasional thunderstorm in summer, falls between
September and April. The mean winter temperature (November,
December, and January) is about 47? Fah. Occasionally the thermo-
meter goes down to freezing point, and sometimes, though pus four
^ oc nes
or six degrees of frost are experie . is occurred in
last he Aem some of the more delicate plants were injured by the
ld e gardens at Villa Valetta several p s, and ferns
were end oat as having been injured byt ald of last winter.
These will be referred to again. ‘The same amount of a ien felt at
Nice, where, in the gardens of the Floricultural Society, many plants
were damaged by the frost. In 1887 no less than 11 de ees re frost were
experienced in n this garden, when many plants, — hardy there, pene
killed. Some interesting particulars in regard to the effects of a low
perature on various plants were communicated by the manager of. aen
ardens ; these will be given under the respective plants in the list which
Mon s. In Mentone the par rarely falls below freezing point.
* Two or three times in the winter the thermometer goes down for a
- pene St or two to 38°, 36°, 34°, o or : di to 30° in exposed situations ”
Bennet
; The same circumstances which make the winter temperature of the
Riviera pE e EE high have a like effect on the temperature in
find the temperature often very trying. The fierce heat of the sun,
untempered by wind, and the excessive drought, make good gardening
very difficult. Many of the plants, large specimens as well as s mall,
require daily drenching at the roots. It is impossible to keep a turf of
any kind, the rr pm stretches of green grass which are to be seen in
the winter being the results of annual sowingsin autumn. At this time
the ground intended epum grass is dug over and trodden down very firmly,
otherwise the heavy rains would wash it into disorder. The grass J
was told is entirely rye-grass, and the best seed is reputedly Scotch. It
- sown thickly and kept watered until the rains come. Some plants
en to as being crippled by the excessive sun-heat in summer.
*
290
One of these was Cycas revoluta, the leaves ca a were scorched.
This is one of the commonest, in fact the only co n species of cycad
which we saw, and very few were cg The following tables, ¢ copied
from Dr. Bennetts book * Winter and Spring on-the Shores of the
* Mediterranean," will afford some idea of what the summer heat is like
- in some of the stations of the Riviera :—
Mean "Temperature of Seasons.
Winter. Spring. Summer. Autumn.
Mentone - - - 49°5 60° 73° 55'6
Toulon - - - 43°30 53°70 74°30 59°
Genoa - - - 44°57 58°60 75°03 62°94
Nice 47°82 56°23 72°26 1°63
Ceylon (Hill districts) 69:30 70°78 69°54 71°29
Ds 60°60 62°36 69°56 67°30
Port Jackson (X. S.W. ) 54°62 63°45 70°93 64°03
38°43 50°40 64°47 52°30
* For comparison.
In attempting to account for the pipa eee on the aga
o ma w o been b
sunshine experienced there must be considered as having a
great deni to do with it. plant which makes its growth under such
favourable conditions is better able to withstand the trials of a low
temperature than one which has been less favoured. This is a well-known
grown in a low temperature several years before it becomes severely
Ki although exposure to a degree or two of frost would probabty
ill
The natural soil of most of the gardens visited is very porous, n
formed of crumbled limestone and sandstone. hen wet, it is soft a
clay-like, but it soon drys and is then not unlike what garden kho
as a mixture of light loam and sand. It is considered poor garden soil, |
but by copious and frequent supplies of rich manure whatever eficit
the soil may have is abundantly made up. In all the best gardens the
use of manure is what in England would be considered excessive.
o
which is ever wasted. I was told that a cartload of this was not
considered too much as an annual supply for a large palm
gardens as a re
owners joi at that time elsewhere. This enables the gardeners to
rm the. rough work, such as ma tins trenching, &c., with
= thoroughness and ease Watering is at this time a heavy task. The
ee re mostly on ‘steep slopes or Mod: consequently the water
oe ee a — : that unless ro soil is frequently drenched the
T er. Thi circumstance must favour " those
M which a me impatient of * Vinci or stagnation at the root. Of
eui e n quier on the Riviera eui not thrive t ec
291
lanted in a soil vnm is pescar of limestone formation.
. prepared for t r H
hundreds of these peat-loving plants, most of them in good health. The
porousness of the natural soil will also be favourable to these, as peat
so soon decomposes and becomes putty-like unless well drained.
appreciable in the gardens, no plants appearing to suffer from it.
aving seen and heard much of the injury done to plants growing near
the sea by salt blown up during windy weather, I naturally expected to
see signs of its ill-effects in the Riviera. Proba cases would have
been found had further inquiry been made, but it is a fact that I neither
heard of nor saw an
Among the plants "which have been d the palms form by
w
dactylifera, the common Date, | its tall Might stem, 30 or more "foot
Api " T x
it could be easily improved by the addition of some such trees as
Eucalyptus, Acacia, Late ir Oak, or even Plane. Hyéres might be
named the town of Palms, so numerous are its date trees. In Bordighera
this palm is extensively ‘Giltivitied for the sake of its leaves, which are
sold to Roman Catholics and Jews for the decoration of churches at
Easter, and for the feast of Tabernacles. The whole of the head of
wn that was not tied up in this way.
kate ie as striking and as plentiful as the Date are Phenix canari
ensis and Washingtonia filifera AH filamentosa). The for
is said to have been first introduced into the gardens of Baron Vigier
at Nice about 20 years ago, where the tire Yee d all the plants of
this palm now on the Riviera are still in existene t isa
very rapid growth, of gigantic proportions and much more ornamental
casi the date palm, or indeed than any of the species of Phoenix grown
Equali ng the Canarian Phænix in its extensive use, in its propor-
tions and in rapidity of growth, is the Washingtonia. The growth
prices ile faked show that there is a stor e
fter these, the palm which ranks next in popularity i is ararsa
d ssh: is abundant in most of the and oceurs me-
Date Paim
o some height upon the hills above the coast-line, the
292
* Chamerops humilis (the truly indigenous palm of the European
“ shores of the Mediterranean, es Pu. "C CB in the south of Spain
be : e
n
cultivated plants, and although there were numerous seedlings near the
specimens in fruit, I have no recollection of having met with a truly
wild example of this palm. As most of my time, however, was devoted
to gardens and not to the wild flora, my failing to see any wild plants
of this sud does e count for much
s hi
'The pa itherto named, as well as some others iei bes easy
to recognise, their characters hatiig familiar. But ther grea
many plants in the garden the Riviera with names which "eeveainlly
do not ‘ie eh to them. Ti ac some cases the errors were apparent enou
as for instance when we saw Livistona inermis name opernicia
erifera, a Ficus of some kind called Artocarpus incisa and Strelitzia
augusta labelled S. Regine. But the difficulties which give one most
pou feck the different and various names which are given to what
appea be absolutely the same plants. Some explanation for this
deplorable state of PX is found in the fact that the gardens of the
ave been stocked chiefly by nurserymen, many of whom are
careless i in respect of names. ‘The experience of Dr. Glaziou, Director
at Kew, may be mentioned here as bearing upon this difficulty of nomen-
elature, and particularly in its relation to Palms. For many years Dr.
Glaziou has been purchasing and planting in his garden at Rio as many
palms as he could obtain from nurserymen and others.. Already a large
number of the plants thus procured have grown to maturity, flowered,
and have been determined. Many d them, he de ad to be wrongl
TO
named, whilst the number of those which identical, was
surprising. It is de ai soi T useful work of this kind should be gone
on with. t Kew we nscious that the names of some of the
plants, and particularly "3 some or the palms, are ide not correct ;
but they have been obtained under these names and are generally grown
as such. Until they flower, however, it is impossible to deal with them
satisfactorily.
One of the most iare of the gardens visited was a branch
establishment at Hyéres, of the Société d'Acclimatation, in Paris. Here
a good dea! of what iay be called experimental gardening is practised,
plants of all kinds being planted and tested as to their ‘hardiness, &c.
Some of the most important of them are included in the lists which
follow. The cultivation and keep generally in these gardens were first
rate, and most of the plants were legibly labelled. When inspecting
these gardens the idea was suggested that a well-managed botanical
station, devoted chiefly to experimental eae D proving, and breeding
operations amongst plants, would, if established in some such favoured
locality as Hyéres, be capable of much valuable wor
Mr. Hanbury P Dr. Benneit at Mentone and Professor Naudin at
. Antibes have done much by cultivating and distributing useful plants of
all kinds from their Hiehiy stocked gardens. But there is still much to be
done by the systematic botanist gew the names of the plants are in
. harmony with Pe ned m use at
PALMS.
.. The number of genera represented in the list of those noted amounted
to 16. I was surprised not to find deny Dees uet genera as Caryota,
z
293
Astrocaryum; Geonoma, Oreodoxa, and Wallichia. There does not
appear to be any good reason why such plants should not thrive equally
wi P h er and many
Brahea.—The true Braheas are represented by only fon species, all
of them natives of Mexico. They are very similar to Thrinaxes in
general appearance, and are related to them. The stems are smooth,
about 30 feet high when mature, and the head is composed of short
stalked palmate leaves, with a few short spines along the margins of the
base of the petioles Gh. lucida (egregia), a tine plant in perfect health,
year, the flowers open the next, and the seeds ripen the year following.
Both these were in the gardens i Villa Valetta, Nice. B. nobilis, a fine
specimen in the middle of a lawu at Monte Carlo. The blade of the
leaf is 4 feet in diameter, and it is c ery on the under side. plant at
Nice, called B. calcarea, is evidently a species of Erythea, as also is the
palm commonly known as B. Roezlit.
aria—A small genus of dwarf pinnate-leaved palms from
A ia. B. monostachya, the walking-stick palm, was seen in the
gardens of the Acclimation Society at Hyóres. It was placed under
a large handlight, and looked unhappy. This plant is grown in a cool
greenhouse in England.
Ch
orea —Only one species, viz., C. scandens, was note It
was at "ut and apparently quite happy, trained up the stem of a Cone
on a law C. elatior is large and healthy in a cold house at the Jardin
des Plante Par
‘Chamerops humilis.—A common garden plant all along the Riviera.
It fruits very freely, and some of the varieties are excee dingly orna- .
mental when bearing their enormous collar-like whorl of rich orange
fruits. In no palm ave I noticed so much variety as in this Chamerops
In some the peliole is short and stout, in others long and attenuated ;
some petioles were armed with stout spines, half an inch long, o others
had short spines, and others were merely serrated. The leaf blade
showed an equal amount of variation, some plants having stiff board-
like leaves, others thin and drooping ones. They varied in hue from
n
has been attempted, such names as C. Biroo, C. Ghiesbreghtit, and C.
tomentosa being given to plants which are merely varieties of C, humilis,
C. Fortunei (see Trachycarpus).
Chrysalidocarpus lutescens, generally known as Areca lutescens, has
been tried out of doors at Nice, but it cannot be established owing to its
not being able to bear the low winter ctp
were seen at Hyéres, Nice, and Cannes. I was informed that this
species is at least as hardy as the Date. The effect of its enormous
plume-like leaves towering up above most of the other plants in the
at Cannes was 15 inches in diameter. Under the names C. rome esate.
C. Yatai, C. Bonneti, and C. australis are plants which apparently
: are closely related to each other: probably merely sariini PoE one
294
ies. According to Wendland and others there are distinct species -
spec
to which these names belong, but so far as I could make out it is ques-
tionable if they exist in the gardens of the Riviera. We até these badly
named plants at Kew, no doubt from the same source as those on the
Riviera, The manager of the gardens of the Flori me Society in-
formed me that, in his opinion, Cocos campestris, australis, and Bonneti
are certainly the same or seminal forms of one species + jit as the plants
distinguished in gardens under the names of Kentia Fosteriana, K.
Belmoreana, and K. australis are obtained from seeds of the same tree.
Whatever their names, however, the Cocoses named as above in the
gardens of the Riviera are very ornamental, its elegant arching
pinnate leaves being almost silver white ; they thri e, too, as well as
C.
any of the palms grown there. Blumenavii, apparently the right
ue is also dece 3 fine examples in sev of the gardens
vi ouse at Paris C. insignis (Glazieva) is
apparently quite happy. "A example of it is also in the Temperate
* m
—~This genus comprises two species of Californian palms,
ith fa aped rigid glaucous leaves ey have not been long i
cultivation, but already one of them, commonly known as Brahea Roezlii,
is plentifully represented Ri It is sometimes called the
is either a form of E. armata (the correct name for Brahea Roezlii), or
is the second geie viz., E. edulis.
owea.—The two p lants commonly known as Kentia Fosteriana
and K. Belmoreana are now placed in the genus Howea. They are
merely forms of one species, as is pointed out under t. 7018 of the
Botanical Migiiine: Small plants of these and of K. Lindeni and
quantities of young plants out of doors at Nice. So far, however, all
efforts to establish them have failed, as they cannot endure the winter
temperature. Our experience at Kew in the cultivation of all the
Howeas is that they must have a tropical temperature x ut sar mes.
Juboa ee the Coquito Palm of Chili.—Seve amples
were seen, notably oue in the garden of the Villa Tharet, st Antip
A k prier g Ten of this palm is a conspicuous object in the
Kew Re ate
the
occurs in many places, anid some of the specimens are very pier trees,
with stems as thick as that of the Washingtonia. A grove of many
large plants of L. sinensis ( Latania eee formed a magnificent
feature in the gardens of Villa Valetta. Z. mauritiana, which is
probably merely a variety of L. sinensis, is also represented by large
ts at Cannes. The most interesting plant of this genus, however,
isa very fine example of the rare L. inermis, of R. Brown, in
= gardens of Villa Valetta. It has a bare stem 6 feet high by 14 feet ehem
ic di h 1
ameter at the base. e head is made up of a large n
ining green leaves, the petiole of which is 6 teet long and
i spines at the base. The blade is divided almost to the base, - J
and it has a distinct midrib which is curved so as to produce —
t s
5295
extrao. effect. The form of the leaf may be called a combination of
the Pina and palmate characters. A plant of this rare palm is in the
Kew collection ; there ud bail a fine example of it in the collection at
Blenheim. A lar arge specimen was also noted in Baron Vigier’s garden
at Nice. Mr. Bull distributed plants of. it some years ago under the
name of Corypha
cenix.—Of al. pila the cultivated species of Phenix are the
most difficult to define. There is abundant evidence to show that a
considerable number are of hybrid origin, or mongrels, bred by accident
in gardens. In some of the gardens of the Riviera, for instance, there
unless the pollen is blown or carried by bees, &c. from the male to the
female plant. Under these circumstances it appears to me next to
impossible for the progeny of these enltivated palms to be pure. Besides
this fact there is also that of the cross-breeding among Phonixes
ivi
, ce had bee
with pollen from P. tenuis, secl, and pumila, and produced 20,000
seeds! Several plants bearing see ds which were the result of crossing
. Scott, Curator of the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta, hybridised,
previous to 1879, several species of Phenix. The names of these plants,
herefore, are not to be relied upon. I give a list of those noted :—
P. canariensis ; no doubt of hybrid cia
P. cycadifolius ; very like P. - estri
P. dactylifera; the ordinary da
P. humilis ; certainly not P. humilis of Royle ; probably P. reclinata,
or a hybri
nensis ; no doubt P. spinosa of the Cape.
P. paludosa ; md not zt species, but not uuliko P. reclinata.
P. reclinata ; not always tru
P. senega alensis ; identical with what we know as P. reclinata.
inosa.
P. sylvestris
P. Vigieri ; a synonym of P. canariensis.
o
dred, forming a magnificent head 25 feet across. Another specimen,
about the same size, bore eight huge bunches of fruit, each bunch about
half a hundredweight ; the fruits, which contained fertile seeds, were
about as large as sparrow’s eggs; the seed is larger than that of any
Phoenix known to me. It is said that this Phoenix bears cold better
U 60706. B
M
296
than P. dactylifera. The raising of these Palms. from seeds is ‘done
on a large scale, and thousands of- small plants, 2 or : feet high, are
se in t
saloons. The seeds are sown in beds in the open; ais seedlings are
cet off in shallow trenches in the same way as celery is planted
here. is is done as a rica against drought, as the trenches can
be regularly flooded in summ
had been tried at Cannes, but it perished in the winter
temperatur
Bhopalost lis. — Both species are represented in several of the
gardens visited. «They are commonly known under the names of Kentia
(or Areca) sapida and Baueri. The former was uninjured by 6 degrees
ot frost.
- Sabal.—Some very fine specimens of several Ege of Sabal w
noted. „At Hyères, Cannes, Antibes, and Nice, S. Blackburniana (of
in the Palm House at Kew),is M Ss
by "ain examples in "perfect health. S. Adansoni, S. hava 85:8.
Palmetto, S. umbraculifera, and one called S. Ghiesbre rëghtiiy t were rio
noted. No doubt all the species of this noble genus could be established
in the Riviera.
Seaforthia elegans. as small: plant under a handlight, at Hyères,
and a beautiful M en 20 feet high, in perfeet health, on one of the
lawns at Villa Valetta. = a the ornamental chatacter of this
palm, its popularity: and i — it is surprising that only these
two examples of it were noted.
Trachycarpus (Chamerops) Fortunei i.—A grove of. large plants at
Cannes, and a very fine specimen, 20 fect high, at Nice; this palm is
quite hardy at Kew.
rithrinaz.—Under the name of Thrinax Chuco, several fine plants
were met with. The manager of the Floricultural Society, at Nice,
where a number of plants are grown, stated that the cold of 1887 (11
degrees) did not hurt this palm.
ashingtonia.—One of the glories of the Riviera.. It is a native of
California, where it is known as the Desert a It was first brought
to notice by Dr. C. C. Parry, whod n 1849—50, but it does not
appear to have been named until 1860, when 3 was called, Brahea dulcis?,
Wendland afterwards placed it in Pritchardia, and "finally founded
the com N ngtonia upon it. Ee oris ently, n was not T
was assured that the largest of these plants was uot more than 12 se
— from the date of the introduction of the vds es this cannot
297
-far from correct. The rate of growth in this Me must, therefore, be
astonishing. At Nice I saw a specimen the stem of which was 15 feet
exposed situations and within a m yards of the. sea, this
palm i is perfectly healthy.
CYCADS.
thrive on the Riviera, Mons. Dognin, whose eee 1 is t in
beautiful and rare plants, and the most perfectly planned I have ever
seen, arr a cads inst a large bank of stones,
backed with large Magnolias, Persea, Cocos and tall massive Bamboos.
All aed Nn are in nd health, their names being as follow :—
C. siamensis ; à large stemmed specimen with a fine head of leaves.
C. ieri healthy in abe
Dioon edule.
Encephalartos Altensteinii.
9 horridus.
) Lehmanni.
v
Macrozamia spiralis.
Maclea -
In nnes, there are also good healthy pea d
E. Caffe r (E. longi) and in Mr. Han nbury’s garden at Mento
there is a fine e . horridus, var., which bore three fine cites
at the time of ney met Ds edule, on the lawns at Monte Carlo, was
in fine health, but Cycas revoluta was unhappy.
Bamsoos.
After the Palms, the most tropical feature in the gardening of the
Riviera is the Bamboos, which are largely used in the composition of
bli ivate. n di
is 35 feet high. It contains hundreds of stems or canes, each 3 inches
in diameter, and straight and smooth as a gun barrel, It is planted on
one side of the lawn near the house. As fences, screens, and bounda:
ch they h en
sion of the ground, it was evident that their requirements are abun-
med satisfied. m finest and healthiest examples are in wet ground,
often on the e of water. Most of them are heavily manured
annu
family of plants, many of which be grown out of doors p peram
in all the milder parts of the country, whilst in large conservatories,
where they would get protection from cold in winter, a still greater
number would be found to thrive. That they are much superior to
298
many of the plants at present used for such positions must be evident
to anyone acquainted with the extraordinary elegance and grace ofa
well-grown Bamboo.
e Kew collection comprises over 50 named sorts, a few of which
are topical, whilst the bulk of them are either quite “hardy or require
only the temperate conditions supplied by the winter garden.
he names of Bamboos are as confusing as are those of garden palms.
n one as in the other it is only very rarely that the plants flower under
cultivation, so that many of the names, which are given by nursery-
men, can only be problematical. For garden purposes this pU not
be of much consequence, the difficulty arising Mesi when growers do
_ ben
matter how different m ay be the conditions in which they happen to
be placed. I was told that all the See of Thamnocalamus Faiconert
(Bambusa gracilis) of the Riviera flowered and died last year.
Numerous seedlings have since sprung up about the old stools, but the
latter certainly all perished. This proved to be the case with a plant
of Arundinaria falcata, which flowered at Kew in 1886.
The following are the kinds noted. The names in brackets are what
I consider to be the correct names, according to Munro,
B. aurea, Sieb.—A Japanese species, now well known in gardens.
It was in eultivation at Kew in 1866, ue is here still. It is one of the
When ripe the stems are of a rich greenish-yellow colour. The leaves
are ient with a distinct petiole.
B. gigantea (Dendrocalamus giganteus, Munro).— The largest of all the
Bamboos. The e specimen in the Palm House at Kew produces stems 40 feet
long and 12 inches in circumference, but wild plants have stems as
much as 26 inches round. In the garden at Villa Valetta, Cannes,
-there is a very fine mass with ee 90 feet high and 4 inches in
diameter. It is a native of India
B. gracilis. (Thamnocalamus Falconeri, Hook. f.).--A slender and
from the Himalayas, It is not uncommon
ardens as it makes an elegant pot plant. It was plentiful on the
gins
B Mazelii, Hort.—A fine mass at Hyéres and — The stems
are 25 feet high, bright yellow when mature, the nodes prominent and
ose together at the base, the branches loose, and the leaves short and
twisted on the petiole. It looked suspiciously like B. aurea.
. B. Metake (Arundinaria japonica, Sieb. $ Zucc.).—Much used on
the Rivi where it is as ornamental as it iind is in England. It
is = — when grown near water, although it grows well in
| 299
an ordinary border. At Kew there is a specimen 12 feet high.
According to e it is known as B, mitis in the gardens.of Paris.
B. mitis, — 4A. magnificent specimen on the lawn at Villa
Valetta, the ioni 30 feet high and 3 inches in diameter at the base,
becoming shining yellow with age. e od are prominent and
about 9 inches apart, the leaves short and not den There is a small
plant of it at Kew, ‘obtained last year from Lavallée s collection. It is
said to be from Cochin China. :
B. nigra (Phyllostachys nigra, Munro 0). —A clump of this, 20 yards
through and rising to a heig ht of 30 feet, in the garden of Baron Vigier
at Nice, was one of the mo st striking objects se een on the Riviera ; thou-
sands of naked shining blackish purple stems rising from the lawns and
losing themselves in the mass of green foliage above. ‘This species is
when in a very sheltered situation or under glass, as at Chatsworth,
Where in the large conservatory it is exceedingly handso ate
B. quadrangularis, Fenzi.—4A very interesting species from China,
dimensions are of a clump 6 feet through on one of the lawns at Villa
Valetta. ga are plants at Kew, both outside and in the Temperate
House. is a handsome and distinct Bambo uy or an account of it,
see an article i in Nature, Yu, xxxii. (1885), p.
B. Quilloi.—I cannot find any tnfordagon p regard to this plant.
Carriére described a Bamboo in the Revué Horticole, under the name
of B. Duguilioi, but Munro appears to have referred this to Phyllo-
stachys puberula, included by him under P. ni — The plant known
under the above name is a ted at Hyères by a large clump with
stems 25 feet high, 14 inch in diameter, bright yellow, with a faint
tendency to become ‘quadrangular. We have a plant of it at Kew. It
is a most elegant Bamboo.
. scriptoria, Hort. (B. nana, Roxb.).—I believe that B. scri
of the Riviera gardens is merely a form of the well-known Wo ice
B. nana. It has the same dense habit, thin green canes, and sm
leaves with the underside glaucous, which characterise B. nana. Tn
some of the specimens seen the stems were 9 feet high. A variegated
form called B. scriptionis is the same as is grown at Kew as B. nana
variegata
B. Simoni, Carr.—A beautiful Bamboo, and, Pegi hardy in Eng-
land, as is shown by the fine example in the Cambridge Botanic Garden,
and by the plants at Kew. Itis also very handsome at Hyères, where
the canes € 15 feet high, quite smooth and cylindrical, less than an
inch in diameter, and coloured deep o olive green. This plant is worth
the attention of English horticulturists on account of its elegance and
hardiness, and its evergreen ¢ ter.
B. sulphurea.—Apparently a garden name for a very handsome
Bamboo, with stems 18 feet high, 1j inch in diameter, the pend
9 inches apart, and the internodes deeply furrowed on one side.
mature the stems are a rich orange yellow colour. There isa fine
. B. verticillata.—This is probably the * Male Bamboo ” (Dendrocal-
' amus strictus, Nees), a common Indian species, the stems of which,
ording to Munro, are universally used as lance-staves. The speci-
seen were large clumps, the stems 20 feet high, 1 inch in ig dicaneter,
the nodes at the base a foot apart, the upper ones bearing each a
300
crowded cluster of short leafy branches. when old, the stem is bright
yellow. Itisa i vir landi Bam
B. wiolescens — A. utiful Chine se ARROS, which was
introduced into e xiii wet, in 1870,i the branch. of
which at Hyéres a fine clump was noted. The stems are 10 feet high,
yellow ground. The leaves are glaucous on the under side. Young
plants of it are in the Kew collection.
B. viridi-glaucescens, Hort.—One of the handsomest of cultivated
Bamboos. It is mid har ardy in England, and in France it is one of
the common It grows very rapidly, has handsome foliage, trans-
, and is a first-rate pot, plant.. It is frequently used in
ture.
B. vulgaris, Wendl. (B. Thouarsii). — Some astonishingly large
healthy specimens of this well-known species were met with. Apparently
e tropi r ts. và
asuring 40 feet through, and the canes 35 feet high. The plant in
the Palm House at Kew must be 30 years old; it has not yet flowered,
p,
AGAVES AND OTHER SUCCULENT PLANTS.
The excessive heat and drought of the sumen alternating with the
moisture and mildness of the winter on the Riviera, afford exactly those
conditions which are especially favourable to t the e majority of succulent
cames South Africa, Mexico, and the most southern of the States of
h America are the homes of the greater portion of these planis; and
is nature of the seasons there is very similar to what we meet with on
the Riviera, Consequently we find such plants as Agave, Aloe, Furcrea,
Fa horneria, Dasylirion, Opuntia, and other kinds of Cacti,
ed with infinitely less trouble and expense than that of Palms,
for instance, so many of which un to be frequently and heavily
watered during the hot dry summer months. Agaves and Opuntias
ap’ to have run wild in some parts, whilst those in gardens, where
— receive a tte [voa attain enn marvellous pr oportig ns, a sre
y magnifice Opuntias are employed in
of the beautiful me nag x "Villa Vue with the most Sinis vem
0. maxima, a huge specimen, 18 feet through and 12 feet high, roe
a lawn of rich green, and had as a kind of frame work the deep green
plumes of Cocos plumosa and elegant bamboos a armata argentea,
here and also in Mr. Hanbury's garden at Mentone, is a cylindrical
ed species, and ferms a mass 6 feet through e a foot high, ihe
stems. so thickly covered with spines as to be completely hidden. And `
these spines, which are fully 2 inches long, are each enclosed ge à ; sheath
. of the purest white. Lying on the top ofa mass of stones, the
produced by this plant is delightful. Those who have learnt to despise
301
Cacti as ornamental plants should see them as they appear on the
Riviera.
" Agaves are equally grand. ‘To see them fully developed, their huge
leaves spreading in all directions and forming a gigantic rosette as
1 as a house, whilst from the centre rises a mast-like flower-spike,
30 feet high, and crowded with flowers, gives a very different impieps
thi h be :
smaller plants being lifted and sent to Paris, &c.— and for effect in
outdoor garden
AGAVES.
Commencing with the — the SE were the most note-
worthy of those seen in the various gardens in
. americana.—Frequent as eim groups in podia 5 naturalised in
many place
A. dyansiuinis, Hort. Hanbury.—A very fine mar as large as A.
Salmiana, with glaucous leaves, It is probably ne
A. scens, Hook.—Very healthy at Cannes. "etin well grown
this is a handsome Agave. Its leaves are very soft and succulent, and
are easily dam
A, Ixtli, Ka v rigida, Mill).—Large specimens at Cannes and
Mentone, the aes about 5 feet long ; they are, therefore, the variety
ed A. elongata, Jacobi.
A, Jacobiana, Salmdyck.—A. handsome broad-leaved plant, in Mr.
A. potatorum, Zucc,—Some grand pete at Cannes, almost double
the size given in Mr. Baker's description
A. Rumphii, epee dus. Baker refers dus to A. eai idt but the
eM under un former name in Mr. bury's garden looks like a
; Dt —In the gardens at Villa Thuret there is a
magnifi seat a specimen of this fully 10 feet higa and wide. At Mentone
it was in flower, the spike 30 feet high anda foot in diameter at the
base. A variety called latifolia, also at Mentone, had a flower-spike
several feet higher and thicker, The pair formed a magnificent
d final spike. A plant of A. Salmiana, var. variegata,
bore several of these lateral, almost basal, spikes at the time of my
visit.
- A. Scolymus, Karw.—Flowering at Mentone, the spike 25 feet
high.
A. spectabilis, Tod.—Two plants met with under the name of
A. applanata probably belong to this species. There were nd speci
mens with leaves 5 feet long, very glaucous, with a large dark brown
terminal spine. The species flowered for the first time at Palermo in
1879 and was — by M Todaro. The leaves of A. applanata
seldom exceed a foo sth
i A, vivipa ari sie: Gl. Cantu la).—A miei aui more resembling
a Furcrea. It has Jately flowered at Men
302
BESCHORNERIA.
Several species of this genus of Amaryllidee are of frequent oceur-
rence on the Riviera gardens. ey are dwarf stemless plants with a
tuberous rootstock and tufted habit. On T lawn at Monte Carlo,
and in = xd of the Acclimatisation Society at Hyéres, some of the
specim easured 8 feet through. When in flower, these must make
a beautiful display. The general effect is not unlike that of large
clumps of Yucea recurva or filamentosa her
Mr. Gumbleton states that at feast one ` species of Beschorneria is
hardy at Scarborough and at Cork.
The kinds seen on the Riviera were
B. argyrophylla, Hort. Possibly B. pde idee of Baker.
B. glauca, Hort. Very similar to the last n
B. superba, Hort., Hanbury. Also cultivated. E Kew, but not yet
x pnt
B. yuccoides, Hook. A plant was so named at the Villa Thuret,
but tlie goes were distinctly filumentose, a character which is absent
in the Kew plants.
Furcr@a.
The following were noted in one or other of the various gardens
visited. At Mentone, Mr, Hanbury has a good collection of Furcreas,
mostly very large healthy e rag
F. Bedinghausi, K. , (Roezlia regia); large plants, with
heads 8 feet through on — 1 4 feet high. I flowered recently at
Villa Valetta. This plant is also cultivated as F. longeva, E is,
however, a very different plant. It is also represented in Mr, Han-
bury’s ER under the erratic name of Yucca Parmentier
F. cu s, Haw., and its variety inermis.
F. flavo-viridis, Hook.
F. gigantea, Vent. ‘The species which yields Mauritius hemp.
F. Lindeni, Jacobi. A magnificent plant with leaves 8 feet long,
coloured rich yellow and green. On a lawn at Monte Carlo.
F. longeva, Karw. Several fine specimens in gardens at Cannes.
BEAUCARNEA AND DASYLIRION.
Two ri only of Beaucarnea were noted, viz., B. longifolia,
Baker, of which some very fine specimens were seen, the most strikin ng
perhaps an at Villa Valetta. ne stem is 8 feet high, 2 feet in
diameter at the base, and it bore no less than 12 distinct heads of
foliage, no doubt the exalt of its hatte flowered. What I took to be
the same species was a plant in flower at Hyéres. It had no visible
stem, but a large rosette of recurved strap-shaped leaves about 4 feet
long, i in the centre of which stood a massive pyramid of flowers fully
6 cct shee and 2 feet through at the base; it was a female. B. recur-
em., was noted in several gardens and was in flower at Mentone.
-generally in the Riviera as Pincenectitia tubercula
lirion is a popular garden genus. Thousands of ems young
and old, sih noted in the various nurseries visited, whilst in private
gardens some very fine specimens were seen. D. acrotrichum, Zucc.,
is the iniit At Hyéres it was labelled Bonapurtea gracilis.
303
D. glaucophyllum, Hook., was in flower at Hyéres ; the planis exactly
known
like that now bearing a a spike in the Kew collection. It is in
the Riviera as D. glaucum and Bonapartea glauca. D. gram in fidius
ucc. is an elegant little | species with searcely any stem an
Zucc., i
narrow spiny leaves. A distinct looking species, unnamed. with —
narrow, rigid, entire leaves and flower-spikes 5 feet high, was represented
- by numerous plants at Hyéres
D. quadrangulatum, S. Wats. —This is the plant often known as
WARME hastilis. It is also, I believe, the Agave striata, var.
recurva, of B iket. In the garden of the Acclimatisation Society at
Hyères. there is a fine example which was in flower at the time of my
visit; ıt was named Xanthorrhea hastilis. The foliage and habit
d Agave striata, var. recurva; a provisional name, the pla
never having flow ecimen at Hy re a spike 18 feet
hi e upper half clothed with adpressed branches brown
gh, ,
trigonous, seed-like flowers, not unlike those of a female D. glaucophyl-
wm. ‘There isa plant of this so-called Xanthorrhea hastilis at Kew,
which came from the Jardin Rd aris. Xanthorrhea
proper is Australian, and has an inflorescence somewhat like a bull-
In the pes at Mag Carlo there is a fine exam in. 7 x
oe 25
Yucca.
A magnificent group of large plants of Y. sh gie in a garden at
Villa Valetta is one of the most striking and novel of the many effects
obtained in this garden. The height of the Jt kodar 15 feet,
and many of them are branched. The bases of the dead leaves have
been left on the stems, and they have curled m become a de light
brown colour. 'The gaunt stems, their ei dark green spear-
leaves, and the strange effect produced by the o a leaf bases presented
a picture peculiarly zean A large iets of tall plants of the
variegated f res was almost as effective. the Yuccas
appear to be ezip onal happy under the conditions supplied on the
iviera.
The most striking kinds are as follows :—
Y. aloifolia, Linn. and its variegated form.
F. constricta, Buckley.—.A. plant in Mr. Hanbury’s gi under
the name of Y. elata marginata is probably this species.
Y. cedit in habit. but the leaves are shorter. Itisa pistes little
plan e garden name may be accounted for Ms the fact that
decorative plan
¥; Jilifera, kis —A magnificent specimen at Villa Valetta, so
a stem 3 feet in diameter at the bese ; another at Antibes is almost
large. This — is said to attain a height of 50 feet, and its iid
is a good figure of tis Eea ia Yucca in the Gardener’s Chronicle,
June Mies p. 743, fi
guatem aker. des variable species, and apparently some
- of its forms have received garden names. I consider the following to
. U 60706. c
-
304
belong to this species, viz., Y. Draconis (Hort. me " of Linn.),
x. Vend Hp (Hort. Hanbury), F. Eleana (Hort. D
Y. Mazelii (Hort. Dognin).— The last named is 25 Teet high, and
bas
-the stem : ‘feet ix aca at the
é rrey.—A beautiful plant in Mr. Hanbury’s garden,
fully 3 feet through, with hundreds of straight narrow leaves. It has
the aspect of an Agave rather than of a Yucca. So far as I know this
plant has not been a success in English gardens.)
MISCELLANEOUS PLANTS.
In the foregoing notes only those plants are mentioned which from
m rarity and supposed delicate nature might not have been expected
i in so favoure i Rivie
ive satisfactorily even i f a clime as the a. In
addition there are also a great many ati which cannot be grouped,
and which may go into a bare list of nam t does not appear to be
necessary to go further than this, nor do the space at my disposal
ermitit. The main object is to call attention to the vast number of
o
afford some idea = what conditions such planis may be expected to
thrive in elsewher
For a list of vic of all kinds which are eultivated in Mentone the
have been brought to bear on the highly useful work of experimental
and scientific horticulture. Of course the catalogue contains the names
de
how many
established and are fep (dd to » the neighbourhood at how many merely
exist or have to be frequently renewe n the latter portion of this
catalogue the plants are arranged in inohi order, thus showing
. how much of the flora of the various divisions of the world is represented
in the garden at Mentone.
List OF SOME OF THE MOST INTERESTING incon CULTIVATED AND
ESTABLISHED ON THE RIVIE
Acacia, many species, some represented by large is A. Farne-
siana is ugel grown for its flowers, used in scent making
Aloe ; many species ; the most noteworthy as being exceptionally large
-and healthy, are: A. E - port — on account of its being
always in flower; A. Dychit, A. frut nobilis, A. plicatilis, and
A. africana. At Villa Valetta bert isa "sies of Aloes, planted so as
to produce the most natural wild effect.
n €— cultivated and used in scent making.
ifera grows to a large size, and is very ornamental.
ralia ; A. papyri
A, dact, ylifolia, A. Humboldtiana, and others, as garden plants.
A
ea indica, not represented by large epe sage
vtr
one any kinds.
Camelia popes very careful cultivation and shade. us
Carica candamarcensis. A large plant in fruit at Mentone. |
305
Casimiroa edulis; the Mexican Apple. A tree, perfectly healthy,
. at Mentone, |
: Catha edulis, Arabian zs.
Cerdtonia siliqua.—V ery common, i
Chrysophyllum aiie. (Theophrasta) s a large healthy specimen
at Villa Valetta. This plant is invariably unha AY ne cultivation ;
| probably it dislikes a stove temperature all the year r
Citrus trifoliata ; used as a hedge n makes a porcine” fen
Cyphomandra betacea, the Tree Tomata; an old plant iced with |
fruit in Mr. Hanbury's garden, and another at Monte Carlo, where it
was labelled Solanum Wallisii.
Dammara robusta and D. Brownit, large trees 30 feet high.
Diospyros.—In the garden of the Acclimatisation Sari at Hyères
there is a series of trees of Diospryos, bearing the following names :—
D. costata, D. Lotus, D. Roxburghi, D. Mazelii, and D. Kaki.
These all appear to be forms of one species. I found the fruits offered
for sale in Paris. The trees were in fruit at Hyéres at the time of my
visit, and were exceedingly handsome. They were about the same
size as an ordinary apple tree, say, 10 feet high, and they bore hundreds
nd col e fl of the it is , very sweet, but rather
w f taken properly in hand a valuable fruit might be developed
from them e flavour wants slightly improving and that is all. -
Doryanthes Palmeri, Hill.—Fine plants at Cannes, one of them
showing flower.
Dracena indivisa, D. Draco, and D. australis are of course pane
all along Py fist, "the last named being as abundant as Phen
Eriobotrya japonica.—One of the delights of the Riviera, very fra-
grant in ent winter when it flowers. Cultivated for its fruits
rl ; many species.
e stica, F. macrophylla, and F. rubiginosa, all large hand-
T Pregeaniis Banksii ; quite hardy at ire where it has flowered.
Grevillea robusta ; frequent as a lar, F
Greyia Sutherlandi —A large plant in “inè health at Cannes; it
blossoms freely and regularly in March.
irren ; some large healthy plants at Mentone; H. eucalyptoides in
wer, was one of the most beautiful objects I have ever se
Vichesufa mimosefolia; large healthy specimens in several
gardens.
E grandiflorum.—One of the prettiest and most fragrant of .
Jasmines; largely cultivated and used in the manufacture of scent,
Magoti grandiflora ; very large trees, idees in gardens ; ; the
form with ferrugineous down on the under side of the leaves is called
M. ferruginea. The fruit in autumn is Minis: as ornamental as the
flowers.
Monstera deliciosa, not quite hardy on a lawn at Cannes, where it
ows nst a palm and fruits annually.
Musa sapientum and M. Ensete, all in good health, the last named
greed in Mr. Hanbury's g
oporum ; 4 several species planted i in ate: gaa very near the sea.
Popisa ntiquorum, in positions sheltere
Persea gratissima ; a large tree in Mr. buy. garc en
Pilocarpus peo asm the *Jaborandi" a large bush bearing
-~ flowers and fruit at Mentone
306
„Pittosporum, about a dosis species apparently naturalised in the
Riviera.
ilna Cattleyanum and P. Guayava; in frait at the time of my
Pio gigas, Andre.—A fine plant, ipee Er in Mr. Hanbury's
den. This species produces a flower spike 30 feet high, and white
flowers tinged with red and violet. It is in the Kew collection.
|». Rhododendron ; very poorly represented.
a juncea; a common garden plant, beautifully in flower in
Octobe
Strelitzia augusta and S. Regine, both as fine as at the Cape or
Madeira.
Trevesia sundaica and T. sp.—These two plants astonished me.
They are both natives of Singapore, but at Cannes and Nice they were
in perfect health, and had been so for years.
W. WATSON.